EP1332211A2 - Human cytokine receptor - Google Patents

Human cytokine receptor

Info

Publication number
EP1332211A2
EP1332211A2 EP01955930A EP01955930A EP1332211A2 EP 1332211 A2 EP1332211 A2 EP 1332211A2 EP 01955930 A EP01955930 A EP 01955930A EP 01955930 A EP01955930 A EP 01955930A EP 1332211 A2 EP1332211 A2 EP 1332211A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
amino acid
seq
zcytorlδ
acid residues
polypeptide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
EP01955930A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Scott R. Presnell
Rolf E. Kuestner
Zeren Gao
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Zymogenetics Inc
Original Assignee
Zymogenetics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Zymogenetics Inc filed Critical Zymogenetics Inc
Publication of EP1332211A2 publication Critical patent/EP1332211A2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/715—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for cytokines; for lymphokines; for interferons
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide

Definitions

  • Zcytorl8 gene expression is strongly expressed in testicular, ovarian, and uterine tissue, and moderately expressed in fetal heart, fetal kidney, fetal skin, and adult brain. In contrast, little expression was detected in muscle, bladder, adult kidney, adult lung, fetal small intestine, salivary gland, or adrenal gland, and expression was not detectable in spleen, thymus, peripheral blood leukocytes, pancreas, liver, placenta, thyroid, lymph node, or bone marrow. Studies also indicate that ZcytorI8 gene expression is higher in breast tissue than in normal breast tissue. Thus, Zcytorl8 nucleotide and amino acid sequences can be used to differentiate tissues.
  • polypeptides can specifically bind with an antibody that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:8, or SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • Illustrative polypeptides include polypeptides comprising, or consisting of, amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, amino acid resides 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO:12.
  • the present invention also includes variant Zcytorl8 polypeptides, wherein the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide shares an identity with amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, selected from the group consisting of at least 70% identity, at least 80% identity, at least 90% identity, at least 95% identity, or greater than 95% identity, and wherein any difference between the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide and the corresponding amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:8, or SEQ ID NO:12, is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • the present invention includes variant Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides, characterized by the following amino acid substitutions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2: Thr 269 to Met 269 , and Val 750 to Ala 750 .
  • the present invention also includes vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules.
  • Such expression vectors may comprise a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
  • the present invention further includes recombinant host cells and recombinant viruses comprising these vectors and expression vectors.
  • Illustrative host cells include avian, bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells.
  • the present invention also provides fusion proteins, comprising a Zcytorl8 polypeptide and an immunoglobulin moiety.
  • the immunoglobulin moiety may be an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, such as a human F c fragment.
  • the present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode such fusion proteins.
  • nucleic acid molecule also includes so-called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
  • complement of a nucleic acid molecule refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
  • structural gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
  • a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol. Endocrinol 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol.
  • DSEs differentiation-specific elements
  • CREs cyclic AMP response elements
  • SREs serum response elements
  • a “protein” is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains.
  • a protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
  • a peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
  • an “expression vector” is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell.
  • an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be “operably linked to” the promoter.
  • a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
  • a “fusion protein” is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes.
  • a fusion protein can comprise at least part of a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix.
  • Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of __cytorl8 using affinity chromatography.
  • isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature.
  • a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • isolated does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
  • complement/anti-complement pair denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions.
  • biotin and avidin are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair.
  • Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like.
  • the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 10 9 M "1 .
  • Humanized antibodies are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
  • detectable label is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis.
  • detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
  • naked antibody is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
  • antibody component includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment.
  • immunoconjugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
  • antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide component.
  • Examples of an antibody fusion protein include a protein that comprises a Zcytorl ⁇ extracellular domain, and either an Fc domain or an antigen-biding region.
  • a “target polypeptide” or a “target peptide” is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen.
  • T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
  • antigenic peptide is a peptide, which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell.
  • antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell, which binds or expresses the antigen.
  • the antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
  • RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA.
  • a nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA.
  • the RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA” and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene.”
  • Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
  • an “anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Zcytorl ⁇ ” or a “Zcytorl ⁇ anti- sense oligonucleotide” is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Zcytorl8 gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Zcytorl8 gene.
  • a “ribozyme” is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
  • variant Zcytorl8 gene refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymo ⁇ hisms of Zcytorl8 genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of Zcytorl8 genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant Zcytorl ⁇ gene can be identified, for example, by deterrnining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions.
  • ⁇ - globin, ⁇ -globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
  • the present invention includes functional fragments of Zcytorl ⁇ genes.
  • a "functional fragment" of a Zcytorl ⁇ gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of a Zcytorl8 polypeptide, which is a domain described herein or at least specifically binds with an anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody. Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about” X or “approximately” X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ⁇ 10%.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Zcytorl ⁇ can be isolated from a cDNA library.
  • the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from a tissue, such as testicular tissue, using methods well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants.
  • total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenoFchloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3 rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)”]; Wu et al, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)”]).
  • total RNA can be isolated by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33- 41).
  • a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a ⁇ gtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al., "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in ⁇ gtlO and ⁇ gtll," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
  • double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCPJPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Co ⁇ .) or other commercially available vectors.
  • a plasmid vector such as a PBLUESCPJPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Co ⁇ .) or other commercially available vectors.
  • Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
  • the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques.
  • a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
  • a human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327).
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9).
  • Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 21:1131 (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl 4:299 (1995)).
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines” using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately.
  • the production of short genes 60 to ⁇ 0 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%.
  • the present invention contemplates Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide ⁇ 6 to nucleotide 2344 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents.
  • the present invention contemplates Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide- encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide ⁇ 6 to nucleotide 2302 of SEQ ID NO:7, and their RNA equivalents.
  • degenerate codon representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid.
  • WSN can, in some circumstances, encode arginine
  • MGN can, in some circumstances, encode serine
  • some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
  • preferential codon usage or “preferential codons” is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (See Table 2).
  • the _rmino acid threonine (thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different threonine codons may be preferential.
  • the present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. As an illustration, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, and SEQ ID NO: 13 provide the nucleotide, amino acid, and degenerate nucleotide sequences, respectively, of murine Zcytorl 8.
  • Murine Zcytorl 8 polypeptide include an extracellular domain at amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, a putative signal sequence at amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO: 12, a transmembrane domain at amino acid residues 301 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and an intracellular domain at amino acid residues 323 to 739 of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • Murine Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression has been detected in brain, kidney, lung, skin, testis, and uterus tissues of the mouse, while little or no expression was detectable in heart, liver, pancreas, and spleen tissues.
  • a Zcytorl S-encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences.
  • a cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human Zcytorl ⁇ sequences disclosed herein.
  • a cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide.
  • cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced niRNAs, which retain the properties of the Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the isolated nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide sequences disclosed herein.
  • a pair of nucleic acid molecules can hybridize if the nucleotide sequences have some degree of complementarity.
  • Hybrids can tolerate mismatched base pairs in the double helix, but the stability of the hybrid is influenced by the degree of mismatch.
  • the T m of the mismatched hybrid decreases by 1°C for every 1-1.5% base pair mismatch. Varying the stringency of the hybridization conditions allows control over the degree of mismatch that will be present in the hybrid.
  • the degree of stringency increases as the hybridization temperature increases and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer decreases.
  • Stringent hybridization conditions encompass temperatures of about 5-25°C below the T m of the hybrid and a hybridization buffer having up to 1 M Na + .
  • the washes following hybridization are performed at increasing degrees of stringency to remove non-hybridized polynucleotide probes from hybridized complexes.
  • the above conditions are meant to serve as a guide and it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to adapt these conditions for use with a particular polypeptide hybrid.
  • the T m for a specific target sequence is the temperature (under defined conditions) at which 50% of the target sequence will hybridize to a perfectly matched probe sequence. Conditions that influence the T m include, the size and base pair content of the polynucleotide probe, the ionic strength of the hybridization solution, and the presence of destabilizing agents in the hybridization solution.
  • the length of the polynucleotide sequence influences the rate and stability of hybrid formation. Smaller probe sequences, ⁇ 50 base pairs, reach equilibrium with complementary sequences rapidly, but may form less stable hybrids. Incubation times of anywhere from minutes to hours can be used to achieve hybrid formation. Longer probe sequences come to equilibrium more slowly, but form more stable complexes even at lower temperatures. Incubations are allowed to proceed overnight or longer. Generally, incubations are carried out for a period equal to three times the calculated Cot time. Cot time, the time it takes for the polynucleotide sequences to reassociate, can be calculated for a particular sequence by methods known in the art.
  • the base pair composition of polynucleotide sequence will effect the thermal stability of the hybrid complex, thereby influencing the choice of hybridization temperature and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer.
  • A-T pairs are less stable than G-C pairs in aqueous solutions containing sodium chloride. Therefore, the higher the G-C content, the more stable the hybrid. Even distribution of G and C residues within the sequence also contribute positively to hybrid stability.
  • the base pair composition can be manipulated to alter the T m of a given sequence.
  • destabilizing or denaturing agents such as formamide, tetralkylammonium salts, guanidinium cations or thiocyanate cations to the hybridization solution will alter the T m of a hybrid.
  • formamide is used at a concentration of up to 50% to allow incubations to be carried out at more convenient and lower temperatures.
  • Formamide also acts to reduce non-specific background when using RNA probes.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC, 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine seram albumin), 10% dexfran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA.
  • hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide.
  • a higher temperature such as about 65°C
  • premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditipns.
  • Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1%) SDS at 65°C.
  • wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1%) SDS at 65°C.
  • SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
  • Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • the present invention also provides isolated Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO: ⁇ , or their orthologs.
  • substantially similar sequence identity is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO: ⁇ , or their orthologs.
  • the present invention also contemplates Zcytorl ⁇ variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above.
  • Such Zcytorl ⁇ variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1%) SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Zcytorl ⁇ variant.
  • the FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (19 ⁇ ), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 783:63 (1990).
  • the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps.
  • the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, S/A J. Appl. Math. 26:1 1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions.
  • FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
  • the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above.
  • the present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with an amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO: ⁇ , in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in a Zcytorl ⁇ amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in a Zcytorl ⁇ amino acid sequence, a sulfur-containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy-containing amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Zcytorl ⁇ amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Zcytorl ⁇ amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution” preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3).
  • Particular variants of Zcytorl 8 are characterized by having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:8), wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid changes in a Zcytorl ⁇ gene can be introduced, for example, by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l.
  • Such "conservative amino acid” variants can be obtained by oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)).
  • a variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies.
  • the proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues.
  • Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tran_-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, --4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, ⁇ ./ ⁇ -threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutarnine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert- leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, and 4- fluorophenylalanine.
  • E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine).
  • a natural amino acid that is to be replaced e.g., phenylalanine
  • desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine.
  • non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)). A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Zcytorl ⁇ amino acid residues.
  • Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 88:449 ⁇ (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site-Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering,” in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)).
  • site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 88:449 ⁇ (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site-Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press,
  • amino acids that play a role in Zcytorl 8 binding activity can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et ⁇ /., FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992).
  • variant DNA molecules are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations.
  • This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNA molecules, such as allelic variants or DNA molecules from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes. Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells.
  • Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modem equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
  • the present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments.
  • Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide.
  • DNA molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 2347 of SEQ ID NO.T can be digested with Bal31 nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. The fragments are then inserted into expression vectors in proper reading frame, and the expressed polypeptides are isolated and tested for the ability to bind anti- Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies.
  • oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment.
  • particular fragments of a Zcytorl ⁇ gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
  • An example of a functional fragment is the extracellular domain of Zcytorl ⁇ (i.e., amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:5, or amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8).
  • the present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Zcytorl 8 gene that have amino acid changes, compared with an amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • a variant Zcytorl 8 gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with disclosed nucleotide and amino acid sequences, as discussed above.
  • An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Zcytorl ⁇ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence, such as SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • the present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide described herein.
  • Antibodies to linear epitopes are also useful for detecting fragments of Zcytorl ⁇ , such as might occur in body fluids or culture media. Accordingly, antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
  • the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, and SEQ ID NO:9.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell.
  • expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ expression vector may comprise a Zcytorl ⁇ gene and a secretory sequence derived from any secreted gene.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells.
  • suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Nero; ATCC CRL 15 ⁇ 7), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL ⁇ 544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 (Chasin et al, Som.
  • rat pituitary cells GH1; ATCC CCL82
  • HeLa S3 cells ATCC CCL2.2
  • rat hepatoma cells H-4-H-E; ATCC CRL 1548
  • COS-1 ATCC CRL 1650
  • murine embryonic cells ⁇ IH-3T3; ATCC CRL 1658
  • the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenoviras, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
  • viral sources such as adenoviras, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
  • Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
  • Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis.
  • Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl Genet. i:273 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like.
  • the fransfected cells can be selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome.
  • Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable fransformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
  • one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin.
  • selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drag, such as G-418 or the like.
  • Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification.” Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes.
  • a suitable amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate.
  • Drag resistance genes e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drag resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase
  • markers that introduce an altered phenotype such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD ⁇ , Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort fransfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
  • Advantages of the adenoviras system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ can also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells.
  • the baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Zcytorl ⁇ genes into insect cells.
  • Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa californica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis viras (AcMNPN), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculoviras pi 0 promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
  • hsp Drosophila heat shock protein
  • ie-1 Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter
  • baculoviras pi 0 promoter baculoviras pi
  • a second method of making recombinant baculoviras utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)).
  • This system which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC- to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD).
  • This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the D ⁇ A encoding the Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide into a baculoviras genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid.” See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, /. Gen. Virol.
  • transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with D ⁇ A encoding an epitope tag at the C- or ⁇ -terminus of the expressed Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:7952 (19 ⁇ 5)).
  • a transfer vector containing a Zcytorl ⁇ gene is transformed into E.
  • bacmid D ⁇ A containing the recombinant baculoviras genome is then isolated using common techniques.
  • the illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree.
  • the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculoviras basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculoviras infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995).
  • transfer vector constructs a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used.
  • transfer vectors can be constructed, which replace the native Zcytorl 8 secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins.
  • a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculoviras gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Zcytorl ⁇ secretory signal sequence.
  • the recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells.
  • suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-S -21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as S ⁇ (ATCC CRL 1711), S/21AE, and S ⁇ l (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435).
  • S ⁇ ATCC CRL 1711
  • S/21AE S/21AE
  • S ⁇ l Invitrogen Corporation
  • Drosophila Schneider-2 cells Drosophila Schneider-2 cells
  • HIGH FIVEO cell line Invitrogen
  • Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells.
  • Suitable media are Sf900 HTM (Life Technologies) or ESF 921TM (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405TM (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveOTM (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells.
  • the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 10 5 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
  • MOI multiplicity of infection
  • yeast cells can also be used to express the genes described herein.
  • Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica.
  • Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GALI (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like.
  • GALI galactose
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • ADH alcohol dehydrogenase
  • AOX1 alcohol oxidase
  • HIS4 histidinol dehydrogenase
  • These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19.
  • Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,S70,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No.
  • Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drag resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine).
  • a suitable vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose- containing media.
  • Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454.
  • Transformation systems for other yeasts including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349.
  • Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,80 ⁇ , Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (199 ⁇ ), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 9 ⁇ /02536, and WO 98/02565.
  • DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which can be linearized prior to transformation.
  • the promoter and terminator in the plasmid can be that of a P.
  • methanolica gene such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUGl or AUG2).
  • Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes.
  • DHAS dihydroxyacetone synthase
  • FMD formate dehydrogenase
  • CAT catalase
  • a suitable selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5-aminoimidazole carboxylase (AERC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
  • AERC phosphoribosyl-5-aminoimidazole carboxylase
  • host cells can be used in which both methanol utilization genes (AUGl and AUG2) are deleted.
  • host cells can be deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1). Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells.
  • Suitable promoters that can be used to express Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the P R and P L promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B.
  • subtilis the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene.
  • Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol 1:211 (19 ⁇ 7), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
  • Suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus.
  • Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(D ⁇ 3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, YlO ⁇ , Y10 ⁇ 9, CSHl ⁇ , ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)).
  • Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB ⁇ 86, MI119, MI120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods,” in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)).
  • the polypeptide When expressing a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution.
  • the denaturant such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963), Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis” (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot.
  • Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, or SEQ ID NO:8.
  • polypeptides can comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of any of the following amino acid sequences: (a) amino acid residues 1 to 203 of SEQ ID NO: 2, (b) amino acid residues 36 to 203 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 1 to l ⁇ 9 of SEQ ID NO:8, (f) amino acid residues 36 to l ⁇ 9 of SEQ ID NO: ⁇ , (g) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, and (h) amino acid residues 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • Another general class of Zcytorl 8 analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below.
  • recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et ⁇ l, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 708:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies mimic Zcytorl 8, these domains can provide Zcytorl 8 binding activity.
  • Fusion proteins of Zcytorl ⁇ can be used to express Zcytorl ⁇ in a recombinant host, and to isolate the produced Zcytorl ⁇ . As described below, particular Zcytorl ⁇ fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
  • One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide from a recombinant host cell.
  • a secretory signal sequence also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • Zcytorl ⁇ expression vector also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • secretory signal sequence may be derived from Zcytorl ⁇
  • a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo.
  • the secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a Zcytorl 8-encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell.
  • Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland etal, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
  • yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells.
  • suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone ⁇ -factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene).
  • Zcytorl ⁇ can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide.
  • Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns.
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose.
  • Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et al, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2 nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the Zcytorl 8 polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway.
  • a signal fusion polypeptide can be made wherein a secretory signal sequence derived from amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO: 2 is operably linked to another polypeptide using methods known in the art and disclosed herein.
  • the secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway.
  • Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art. For example, these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor. Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a
  • Factor Vila proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (1L-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-19, IL-20, and IL-21), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons- ⁇ , - ⁇ , - ⁇ , -co, - ⁇ , - ⁇ , and -x), the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor,” erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin.
  • fusion protein comprises a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an F c fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region.
  • an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region typically an F c fragment
  • F c fragment an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region
  • Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125 describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment.
  • the C- terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety.
  • An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert.
  • Fusion proteins comprising a Zcytorl 8 moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool.
  • the presence of a Zcytorl ⁇ ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Zcytorl ⁇ -immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Zcytorl ⁇ moiety is used to bind the ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to bind the fusion protein to a solid support.
  • a macromolecule such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody
  • antibody fusion proteins include polypeptides that comprise an antigen-binding domain and a Zcytorl ⁇ fragment that contains a Zcytorl ⁇ extracellular domain. Such molecules can be used to target particular tissues for the benefit of Zcytorl ⁇ binding activity.
  • the present invention further provides a variety of other polypeptide fusions. For example, part or all of a domain(s) conferring a biological function can be swapped between Zcytorl ⁇ of the present invention with the functionally equivalent domain(s) from another member of the cytokine receptor family. Polypeptide fusions can be expressed in recombinant host cells to produce a variety of Zcytorl ⁇ fusion analogs.
  • Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25.
  • Zcytorl 8 polypeptides can be used to identify and to isolate Zcytorl 8 ligands. For example, proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind ligands from a biological sample that is ran over the column (Hermanson et al.
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide can be observed by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer, which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent physiologic cellular responses.
  • An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA.
  • a variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth.
  • a molecule can be identified as an agonist of Zcytorl 8 ligand by providing cells that express a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide, culturing a first portion of the cells in the absence of the test compound, culturing a second portion of the cells in the presence of the test compound, and determining whether the second portion exhibits a cellular response, in comparison with the first portion.
  • a solid phase system can be used to identify a Zcytorl ⁇ ligand, or an agonist or antagonist of a Zcytorl 8 ligand.
  • a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide or Zcytorl ⁇ fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 145:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol. Biol. 234:554 (1993).
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell.
  • a test sample is then passed through the cell. If a ligand is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film.
  • This system allows the determination of on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of stoichiometry of binding. This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ binding domains can be further characterized by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids of Zcytorl ⁇ ligand agonists. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992).
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified Zcytorl ⁇ compositions, in which a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide is linked with a polymer.
  • Illustrative Zcytorl 8 polypeptides are soluble polypeptides that lack a functional transmembrane domain, such as a polypeptide consisting of amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the polymer is water-soluble so that the Zcytorl 8 conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment.
  • An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled.
  • An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714).
  • the polymer may be branched or unbranched.
  • a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Zcytorl ⁇ conjugates.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ conjugates used for therapy can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties.
  • Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl-C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy- PEG, poly-(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, bz_-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate-based polymers.
  • Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000.
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ conjugate can also comprise
  • Zcytorl 8 conjugate comprises a Zcytorl ⁇ moiety and a polyalkyl oxide moiety attached to the N-terminus of the Zcytorl ⁇ moiety.
  • PEG is one suitable polyalkyl oxide.
  • Zcytorl 8 can be modified with PEG, a process known as "PEGylation.” PEGylation of Zcytorl 8 can be carried out by any of the PEGylation reactions known in the art (see, for example, EP 0 154 316, Delgado et al, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 9:249 (1992), Duncan and Spreafico, Clin. Pharmacokinet..
  • PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide.
  • An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to V-liydroxysuccinimide.
  • acylation includes the following types of linkages between Zcytorl 8 and a water-soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like.
  • Methods for preparing PEGylated Zcytorl ⁇ by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Zcytorl 8, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • PEG such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG
  • the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Zcytorl8, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Zcytorl8 product.
  • the product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated
  • PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Zcytorl ⁇ in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • PEG groups can be attached to the polypeptide via a -CH 2 -NH group.
  • Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization.
  • the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ⁇ -amino groups of the lysine residues and the ⁇ -amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein.
  • a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde
  • the present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of Zcytorl ⁇ monopolymer conjugates.
  • Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zcytorl 8 conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the ⁇ -amino group at the amino terminus of the Zcytorl ⁇ , and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • the reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation.
  • Illustrative reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
  • the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the ⁇ -amino group at the N-terminus.
  • the pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal ⁇ -group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer:Zcytorl ⁇ need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 to 9, or 3 to 6.
  • compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein.
  • Such compositions can further comprise a carrier.
  • the carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like. 7. Isolation of Zcytorl 8 Polypeptides
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be purified to at least about ⁇ 0% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. In certain preparations, purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
  • Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Zcytorl ⁇ purified from natural sources (e.g., testis tissue), synthetic Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides, and recombinant Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides and fusion Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells.
  • natural sources e.g., testis tissue
  • synthetic Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides e.g., synthetic Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides
  • recombinant Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides and fusion Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells.
  • ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples.
  • Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose,
  • PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are suitable.
  • exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
  • Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996).
  • Zcytorl 8 isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art.
  • anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties.
  • immobilized metal ion adsorption (EVIAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (19 ⁇ 5)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents.
  • a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag may be constructed to facilitate purification.
  • Zcytorl 8 polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described above.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
  • Antibodies to Zcytorl 8 can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Zcytorl ⁇ expression vector or Zcytorl 8 isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies "bind specifically" with Zcytorl ⁇ . Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Zcytorl ⁇ with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Zcytorl .
  • antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (K a ) of 10 6 M “1 or greater, preferably 10 7 M “1 or greater, more preferably 10 8 M “1 or greater, and most preferably 10 9 M “1 or greater.
  • K a binding affinity
  • the binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 51:660 (1949)).
  • antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Zcytorl 8, but not presently known polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Examples of known related polypeptides include known cytokine receptors.
  • amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are typically avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
  • amino acids 29 to 41 amino acids 56 to 67, 131 to 139, amino acids 145 to 161, amino acids 214 to 227, amino acids 251 to 271, amino acids 347 to 357, amino acids 362 to 371, amino acids 445 to 462, amino acids 526 to 555, amino acids 628 to 654, amino acids 665 to 688, and amino acids 695 to 735, while amino acids 45 to 53 of SEQ ID NO:8 would provide a suitable antigenic molecule.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of any one of these antigenic amino acid sequences to generate antibodies to Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • the present invention also contemplates polypeptides comprising at least one of these antigenic molecules.
  • Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Zcytorl ⁇ protein or to Zcytorl ⁇ isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the immunogenicity of a Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • an adjuvant such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Zcytorl ⁇ or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein.
  • the polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof.
  • polypeptide portion is "hapten-like,” such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
  • a macromolecular carrier such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid
  • polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep, an anti-
  • Zcytorl ⁇ antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody.
  • General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J. Cancer 46:310 (1990).
  • monoclonal anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies can be generated.
  • Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
  • elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
  • the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas.
  • Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 3 ⁇ 58: ⁇ 56 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:519 (1994).
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG),” in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
  • antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody.
  • Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
  • antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab') 2 .
  • This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
  • the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages.
  • an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly.
  • These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
  • cleaving antibodies such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
  • the Fv fragments may comprise V H and V L chains, which are connected by a peptide linker.
  • These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
  • a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Zcytorl protein or peptide).
  • Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Zcytorl 8 polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis.
  • random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides, which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,4 ⁇ 4, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,69 ⁇ , and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc.
  • Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Zcytorl ⁇ sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al.
  • an anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody.
  • Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts.
  • the use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (19 ⁇ 9).
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Zcytorl ⁇ gene in a biological sample.
  • Suitable probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • the term "portion" refers to at least eight nucleotides to at least 20 or more nucleotides.
  • Illustrative probes bind with regions of the Zcytorl ⁇ gene that have a low sequence similarity to comparable regions in other cytokine receptor genes.
  • RNA isolated from a biological sample
  • RNA isolated from a biological sample
  • RNA detection includes northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et ⁇ l. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)).
  • Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32 P or 35 S.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)).
  • nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates.
  • Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis.
  • 18 F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Zcytorl ⁇ primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-2 ⁇ (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
  • RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
  • a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate.
  • a reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Zcytorl ⁇ anti-sense oligomers.
  • Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
  • PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches.
  • PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining.
  • fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Zcytorl ⁇ probe, and examined by autoradiography.
  • Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
  • Another approach for detection of Zcytorl 8 expression is cycling probe technology, in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA- DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol 34:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)).
  • Alternative methods for detection of Zcytorl 8 sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification, cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization, and the ligase chain reaction (see, for example, Marshall et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,6 ⁇ 6,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60:161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. I. Biochem. 243:358 (1997), and Chadwick et al, I. Virol. Methods 70:59 (1998)).
  • Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression in tissue samples.
  • Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH),” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al.
  • test samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
  • the Zcytorl ⁇ gene resides in chromosome 3.
  • nucleic acid probes that encode Zcytorl ⁇ , or a fragment thereof can be used to detect gross aberrations in chromosome 3.
  • monosomy 3, trisomy 3, and other structural aberrations of chromosome 3 are associated with acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic leukemia, neuroendocrine cancer, polyclonal B-cell lymphocytosis, and renal cell carcinoma (see, for example, Callet-Bauchu et al, Genes, Chromosomes, Cancer 26:221 (1999); Hughson et al, Mod. Pathol 12:301 (1999); Russo et al, Br. J.
  • cytokine receptors are associated with particular diseases. For example, polymorphisms of cytokine receptors are associated with pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, familial periodic fever, and erythroleukemia.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ nucleotide sequences can be used in linkage-based testing for various diseases, and to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Zcytorl ⁇ gene.
  • Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Zcytorl ⁇ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements.
  • Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate a Zcytorl ⁇ gene.
  • Aberrations associated with the Zcytorl ⁇ locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc.
  • molecular genetic techniques such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the Zcytorl ⁇ target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system.
  • the translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products.
  • the protein trancation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
  • kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression or to detect mutations in the Zcytorl ⁇ gene comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
  • kits can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above.
  • a kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Zcytorl ⁇ probe or primer.
  • the kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zcytorl ⁇ sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Zcytorl ⁇ probes and primers are used to detect Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression.
  • written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zcytorl 8, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Zcytorl 8-encoding nucleotide sequence.
  • the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies are used in liquid phase.
  • the presence of Zcytorl 8 in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Zcytorl 8 and an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody under conditions that promote binding between Zcytorl ⁇ and its antibody.
  • Complexes of Zcytorl ⁇ and anti-Zcytorl8 in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein wliich binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A.
  • the concentration of Zcytorl ⁇ in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Zcytorl ⁇ bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free-labeled Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
  • in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Zcytorl8 antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier.
  • antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
  • polymer such as aminodextran
  • Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule, which binds to the antibody.
  • the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody.
  • the anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • an anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Zcytorl ⁇ immunoconjugate.
  • Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
  • the detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3 H, 125 1, 131 1, 35 S and 14 C.
  • Anti-Zcytorl ⁇ immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound.
  • the presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence.
  • Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
  • anti-Zcytorl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound.
  • the presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemi- 6 ⁇
  • luminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
  • Bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Zcytorl ⁇ immunoconjugates of the present invention.
  • Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
  • Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • anti-Zcytorl ⁇ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibody component to an enzyme.
  • the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety, which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means.
  • enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include ⁇ -galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Zcytorl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), “Avidin-Biotin Technology,” Methods In Enzymology, Vol. I ⁇ 4 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology,” in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
  • kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Zcytorl antibody, or antibody fragment.
  • a kjt may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zcytorl 8 antibody or antibody fragments.
  • indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Zcytorl 8 antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Zcytorl ⁇ protein.
  • written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Zcytorl 8.
  • the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the present invention includes the use of proteins, polypeptides, and peptides having Zcytorl ⁇ activity (such as Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides, Zcytorl ⁇ analogs (e.g., anti-Zcytorl ⁇ anti-idiotype antibodies), and Zcytorl ⁇ fusion proteins) to a subject which lacks an adequate amount of Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptide, or which produces an excess of Zcytorl ⁇ ligand.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ antagonists e.g., anti-Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies
  • Zcytorl ⁇ antibodies can be also used to treat a subject, which produces an excess of either Zcytorl ⁇ ligand or Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • Zcytorl ⁇ can be administered to any subject in need of treatment, and the present invention contemplates both veterinary and human therapeutic uses.
  • Illustrative subjects include mammalian subjects, such as farm animals, domestic animals, and human patients.
  • Human or murine Zcytorl ⁇ polypeptides can be used for these applications.
  • the dosage of administered Zcytorl ⁇ will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous.
  • Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-2 ⁇ (Plenum Press 1997)).
  • the feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:199 (1999)).
  • Dry or liquid particles comprising Zcytorl ⁇ can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 16:343 (199 ⁇ ); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)).
  • dry-powder dispersers liquid aerosol generators
  • nebulizers e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 16:343 (199 ⁇ ); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zcytorl ⁇ binding activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
  • Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
  • molecules having Zcytorl 8 binding activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zcytorl 8 binding activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates the inflammatory response.
  • an agent used to inhibit the growth of tumor cells is physiologically significant if the administration of the agent results in a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
  • Liposomes provide one means to deliver therapeutic polypeptides to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration.
  • Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et al, Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol Infect. Dis. 12 (Suppl.
  • Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable.
  • liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 ⁇ m to greater than 10 ⁇ m.
  • a variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et al, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 1987), and Ostro et al, American I. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1516 (1989)).
  • hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers
  • hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s)
  • it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes. Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent.
  • an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et al, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (19 ⁇ 5)).
  • small liposomes 0.1 to 1.0 ⁇ m
  • liposomes larger than 3.0 ⁇ m are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
  • Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes.
  • liposomes prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et al, Japanese Patent 04-244,018; Kato et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 16:960 (1993)).
  • These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, ⁇ -tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water.
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • SG soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture
  • Cho cholesterol
  • liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:281 (1997); Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull.20:259 (1997)).
  • galactose asialoglycoprotein
  • target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)). After plasma elimination of free antibody, streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered. In another approach, targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)).
  • Polypeptides having Zcytorl 8 binding activity can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et al, Infect. Immun. 37:1099 (1981), Anderson et al, Cancer Res. 50:l ⁇ 53 (1990), and Cohen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1063:95 (1991), Alving et al. "Preparation and Use of Liposomes in Immunological Studies," in Liposome Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. m, Gregoriadis (ed.), page 317 (CRC Press 1993), Wassef etal, Meth. Enzymol 149:124 (19 ⁇ 7)).
  • liposomes may contain a variety of components.
  • liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
  • Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins.
  • Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethylvinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem.
  • Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-coated nanospheres can also provide carriers for intravenous administration of therapeutic proteins (see, for example, Gref et al, Pharm. Biotechnol. 10:161 (1997)).
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified polypeptides having binding Zcytorl ⁇ activity and Zcytorl 8 antagonists, in which a polypeptide is linked with a polymer, as discussed above.
  • Other dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery r
  • an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Zcytorl ⁇ gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
  • a core promoter and optionally a regulatory element
  • a Zcytorl ⁇ gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 1149 ⁇ (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:201 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • adenoviral vectors e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 1149 ⁇ (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:2
  • alphavirases such as Semliki Forest Viras and Sindbis Viras (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:851 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:118 ⁇ (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,5 ⁇ 7, 5,2 ⁇ ,641 and 5,328,68 ⁇ ), parvoviras vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox viras vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res.
  • pox viruses such as canary pox viras or vaccinia viras (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 8(5:317 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retrovirases (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 53:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, I. Neurosci.
  • adenoviras a double-stranded DNA virus
  • the adenoviras system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters.
  • adenovirases can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
  • adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector.
  • Such adenovirases are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (199S); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)).
  • the deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)).
  • an expression vector comprising a Zcytorl S gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes.
  • Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (198 ⁇ )).
  • the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages.
  • Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain.
  • Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting.
  • Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters
  • proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
  • Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration.
  • Aihara and Miyazaki Nature Biotechnology 16:861 (199 ⁇ ) have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
  • a therapeutic gene may encode a Zcytorl ⁇ anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Zcytorl ⁇ .
  • Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Zcytorl ⁇ disclosed herein.
  • an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in an mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,69 ⁇ , McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,46 ⁇ , Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337).
  • ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Zcytorl ⁇ mRNA.
  • expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a Zcytorl ⁇ gene.
  • an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,16 ⁇ ,053, Yuan et al, Science 263:1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/l ⁇ 733, George et al, international publication No.
  • the external guide sequence can comprise a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Zcytorl ⁇ mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine.
  • the external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
  • the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Zcytorl ⁇ nucleotide sequence, such as a recombinant virus will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
  • Horton et al Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • a composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby 7 ⁇
  • vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • composition such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject.
  • suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and
  • a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant viras comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of an expression vector (or viras) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. For example, an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates the inflammatory response.
  • the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy.
  • the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
  • Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the Zcytorl ⁇ gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Zcytorl ⁇ can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Zcytorl ⁇ . Transgenic mice that over-express Zcytorl ⁇ also provide model bioreactors for production of Zcytorl ⁇ , such as soluble Zcytorl 8, in the milk or blood of larger animals.
  • a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Zcytorl ⁇ gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)).
  • the donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin
  • hCG human hCG (Sigma) I.P. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection.
  • Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating.
  • Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope.
  • the oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma).
  • Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO., 5% O 2 , and 90% N. at 37°C.
  • the eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO. incubator until microinjection.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ encoding sequences can encode a polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of
  • W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO--equilibrated mineral oil.
  • the DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
  • a small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen.
  • the reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape.
  • the fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
  • a baby serrefine Robot, Rockville, MD
  • mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours.
  • the recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning.
  • the weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
  • Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Zcytorl ⁇ gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are bom and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
  • a partial hepatectomy is performed.
  • a surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process.
  • a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized.
  • a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity.
  • An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie.
  • a distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and ⁇ l
  • the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish.
  • the excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice.
  • the surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively.
  • the animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery.
  • the expression level of Zcytorl ⁇ mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
  • transgenic mice that over-express Zcytorl ⁇
  • Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Zcytorl 8.
  • Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes.
  • inhibitory sequences are targeted to Zcytorl ⁇ mRNA.
  • An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Zcytorl ⁇ gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Zcytorl ⁇ allele replaced by a nonfunctional Zcytorl ⁇ gene.
  • One method of designing a nonfunctional Zcytorl ⁇ gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zcytorl 8. Standard methods for producing these so-called “knockout mice” are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

Cytokines and their receptors have proven usefulness in both basic research and as therapeutics. The present invention provides a new human cytokine receptor designated as "Zcytor18".

Description

HUMAN CYTOKINE RECEPTOR
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates generally to a new protein expressed by human cells. In particular, the present invention relates to a novel gene that encodes a receptor, designated as "Zcytorlδ," and to nucleic acid molecules encoding Zcytorlδ polypeptides.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Cytokines are soluble, small proteins that mediate a variety of biological effects, including the regulation of the growth and differentiation of many cell types (see, for example, Arai et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 59:783 (1990); Mosmann, Curr. Opin. Immunol 3:311 (1991); Paul and Seder, Cell 76:241 (1994)). Proteins that constitute the cytokine group include interleukins, interferons, colony stimulating factors, tumor necrosis factors, and other regulatory molecules. For example, human interleukin-17 is a cytokine which stimulates the expression of interleukin-6, intracellular adhesion molecule 1, interleukin-8, granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor, and prostaglandin E2 expression, and plays a role in the preferential maturation of CD34+ hematopoietic precursors into neutrophils (Yao et al, J. Immunol. 755:5483 (1995); Fossiez et al, J. Exp. Med. 183:2593 (1996)).
Receptors that bind cytokines are typically composed of one or more integral membrane proteins that bind the cytokine with high affinity and transduce this binding event to the cell through the cytoplasmic portions of the certain receptor subunits. Cytokine receptors have been grouped into several classes on the basis of similarities in their extracellular ligand binding domains. For example, the receptor chains responsible for binding and/or transducing the effect of interferons are members of the type II cytokine receptor family, based upon a characteristic 200 residue extracellular domain.
The demonstrated in vivo activities of cytokines and their receptors illustrate the clinical potential of, and need for, other cytokines, cytokine receptors, cytokine agonists, and cytokine antagonists. BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides a novel receptor, designated "Zcytorlδ." The present invention also provides Zcytorlδ polypeptides and Zcytorlδ fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins, and methods for using these nucleic acid molecules and amino acid sequences.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. Overview An illustrative nucleotide sequence that encodes Zcytorlδ is provided by
SEQ ID NO:l. The encoded polypeptide has the following amino acid sequence: MAPWLQLCSV FFTVNACLNG SQLAVAAGGS GRARGADTCG WRMKAAARPR LCVANEGVGP ASRNSGLYNI TFKYDNCTTY LNPVGKHVIA DAQNITISQY ACHDQVAVTI LWSPGALGIE FLKGFRVILE ELKSEGRQCQ QLILKDPKQL NSSFKRTGME SQPFLNMKFE TDYFVKVVPF PSIKNESNYH PFFFRTRACD LLLQPDNLAC KPFWKPRNLN ISQHGSDMQV SFDHAPHNFG FRFFYLHYKL KHEGPFKRKT CKQEQTTETT SCLLQNVSPG DYIJELVDDT NTTRKVMHYA LKPVHSPWAG PIRAVAITVP LVVISAFATL FTVMCRKKQQ ENIYSHLDEE SSESSTYTAA LPRERLRPRP KVFLCYSSKD GQNHMNVVQC FAYFLQDFCG CENALDLWED FSLCREGQRE WVIQKIHESQ FIINNCSKGM KYFVDKKNYK HKGGGRGSGK GELFLVAVSA IAEKLRQAKQ SSSAALSKFI AVYFDYSCEG DVPGILDLST KYRLMDNLPQ LCSHLHSRDH GLQEPGQHTR QGSRRNYFRS KSGRSLYVAI CNMHQFIDEE PDWFEKQFVP FHPPPLRYRE PVLEKFDSGL VLNDVMCKPG PESDFCLKVE AAVLGATGPA DSQHESQHGG LDQDGEARPA LDGSAALQPL LHTVKAGSPS DMPRDSGIYD SSNPSSELSL PLMEGLSTDQ TETSSLTESN SSSSGLGEEE PPALPSKLLS SGSCKADLGC RSYTDELHAN APL (SEQ ID ΝO:2).
Features of the Zcytorlδ polypeptide include an extracellular domain at amino acid residues 1 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, a putative signal sequence at amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO:2, a transmembrane domain at amino acid residues 314 to 335 of SEQ ID NO:2, and an intracellular domain at amino acid residues 336 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2. The Zcytorlδ gene resides in human chromosome 3pl4.3.
Northern analysis revealed that the Zcytorl8 gene is strongly expressed in testicular, ovarian, and uterine tissue, and moderately expressed in fetal heart, fetal kidney, fetal skin, and adult brain. In contrast, little expression was detected in muscle, bladder, adult kidney, adult lung, fetal small intestine, salivary gland, or adrenal gland, and expression was not detectable in spleen, thymus, peripheral blood leukocytes, pancreas, liver, placenta, thyroid, lymph node, or bone marrow. Studies also indicate that ZcytorI8 gene expression is higher in breast tissue than in normal breast tissue. Thus, Zcytorl8 nucleotide and amino acid sequences can be used to differentiate tissues. One variant form of Zcytorlδ is characterized by the following amino acid substitutions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2: Thr269 to Met269, and Val750 to Ala750. Additional variants of human Zcytorlδ can be identified by comparison with the murine sequence (SEQ ID NO: 12), such as Leu246 to Val246, and Lys257 to Arg257. Nucleotide, amino acid, and degenerate sequences of the human variant form are provided as SEQ ID NOs:4, 5, and 6, respectively.
A splice variant of Zcytorl8 lacks amino acid residues 43 to 56 of SEQ ID NO:2. Nucleotide, amino acid, and degenerate sequences of the variant form are provided as SEQ ID NOs:7, 8, and 9, respectively. Features of this Zcytorlδ splice variant include an extracellular domain at amino acid residues 1 to 299 of SEQ ID NO: 8, a putative signal sequence at amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO: 8, a transmembrane domain at amino acid residues 300 to 321 of SEQ ID NO:8, and an intracellular domain at amino acid residues 322 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8.
As described below, the present invention provides isolated polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% identical to a reference amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) an amino acid sequence comprising amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 336 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 36 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (f) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (g) amino acid resides 1 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (h) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (i) amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO: 8, (j) amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, (k) amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and (1) 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO: 12. Certain of these polypeptides can specifically bind with an antibody that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:8, or SEQ ID NO: 12. Illustrative polypeptides include polypeptides comprising, or consisting of, amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, amino acid resides 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO:12. The present invention also provides isolated polypeptides comprising at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) amino acid residues 1 to 203 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) amino acid residues 36 to 203 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:8, (f) amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:8, (g) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (h) amino acid residues 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8, (i) amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, (j) amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and (k) 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO: 12. The present invention further provides isolated polypeptides comprising at least 30 contiguous amino acid residues of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (1) amino acid residues 1 to 218 of SEQ ID NO:2, (m) amino acid residues 36 to 218 of SEQ ID NO:2, (n) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (o) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (p) amino acid residues 1 to 204 of SEQ ID NO:8, (q) amino acid residues 36 to 204 of SEQ ID NO:8, (r) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (s) amino acid residues 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8, (t) amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, (u) amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and (v) 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO: 12. Illustrative polypeptides include polypeptides that either comprise, or consist of, amino acid residues (a) to (v).
The present invention also includes variant Zcytorl8 polypeptides, wherein the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide shares an identity with amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, selected from the group consisting of at least 70% identity, at least 80% identity, at least 90% identity, at least 95% identity, or greater than 95% identity, and wherein any difference between the amino acid sequence of the variant polypeptide and the corresponding amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:8, or SEQ ID NO:12, is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions. In addition, the present invention includes variant Zcytorlδ polypeptides, characterized by the following amino acid substitutions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2: Thr269 to Met269, and Val750 to Ala750.
The polypeptides described herein can further comprise an affinity tag. The present invention further provides antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with such polypeptides. Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies. Illustrative antibody fragments include F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units. The present invention further includes compositions comprising a carrier and a peptide, polypeptide, or antibody described herein.
The present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Zcytorlδ polypeptide, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 or the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, (b) a nucleic acid molecule encoding an amino acid sequence that comprises amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, and (c) a nucleic acid molecule that remains hybridized following stringent wash conditions to a nucleic acid molecule consisting of the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7, the complement of the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, or the complement of the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7. Illustrative nucleic acid molecules include those in which any difference between the amino acid sequence encoded by nucleic acid molecule (c) and the corresponding amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO: 8, is due to a conservative amino acid substitution. The present invention further contemplates isolated nucleic acid molecules that comprise nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or nucleotides 192 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7, as well as nucleic acid molecules that comprise nucleotides 206 to 1000 of SEQ ID NO:ll.
The present invention also includes vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules. Such expression vectors may comprise a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator. The present invention further includes recombinant host cells and recombinant viruses comprising these vectors and expression vectors. Illustrative host cells include avian, bacterial, yeast, fungal, insect, mammalian, and plant cells. Recombinant host cells comprising such expression vectors can be used to produce Zcytorlδ polypeptides by culturing such recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the Zcytorlδ protein, and, optionally, isolating the Zcytorlδ protein from the cultured recombinant host cells. The present invention includes the protein products of such processes. hi addition, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of such an expression vector or recombinant vims comprising such expression vectors. The present invention further includes pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a polypeptide described herein. The present invention also contemplates methods for detecting the presence of Zcytorl8 RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of (a) contacting a Zcytorlδ nucleic acid probe under hybridizing conditions with either (i) test RNA molecules isolated from the biological sample, or (ii) nucleic acid molecules synthesized from the isolated RNA molecules, wherein the probe has a nucleotide sequence comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, and (b) detecting the formation of hybrids of the nucleic acid probe and either the test RNA molecules or the synthesized nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of the hybrids indicates the presence of Zcytorlδ RNA in the biological sample. For example, suitable probes consist of the following nucleotide sequences: nucleotides 86 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 86 to 1024 of SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 192 to 1024 of SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotides 86 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7, nucleotides 192 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7, nucleotides 86 to 982 of SEQ ID NO:7, and nucleotides 192 to 982 of SEQ ID NO:7. Other suitable probes consist of the complement of these nucleotide sequences, or a portion of the nucleotide sequences or their complements. An example of a biological sample is a human biological sample, such as a biopsy or autopsy specimen. The present invention further provides methods for detecting the presence of Zcytorlδ polypeptide in a biological sample, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody or an antibody fragment that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:8, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment. Such an antibody or antibody fragment may further comprise a detectable label selected from the group consisting of radioisotope, fluorescent label, chemiluminescent label, enzyme label, bioluminescent label, and colloidal gold. An example of a biological sample is a human biological sample, such as a biopsy or autopsy specimen.
The present invention also provides kits for performing these detection methods. For example, a kit for detection of Zcytorl8 gene expression may comprise a container that comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is selected from the group consisting of (a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 86 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, (b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of nucleotides 192 to 652 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, (c) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 86 to 610 of SEQ ID NO:7, (d) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of nucleotides 192 to 610 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:7, and (e) a nucleic acid molecule that is a fragment of (a)-(d) consisting of at least eight nucleotides. Such a kit may also comprise a second container that comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of the nucleic acid molecule. On the other hand, a kit for detection of Zcytorlδ protein may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:8.
The present invention also contemplates anti-idiotype antibodies, or anti- idiotype antibody fragments, that specifically bind an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 8. An exemplary anti-idiotype antibody binds with an antibody that specifically binds a polypeptide consisting of amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8.
The present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a Zcytorlδ secretion signal sequence and a nucleotide sequence that encodes a biologically active polypeptide, wherein the Zcytorlδ secretion signal sequence comprises an amino acid sequence of residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO:2. Illustrative biologically active polypeptides include Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukin, colony stimulating factor, interferon, erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin. Moreover, the present invention provides fusion proteins comprising a Zcytorlδ secretion signal sequence and a polypeptide, wherein the Zcytorl8 secretion signal sequence comprises an amino acid sequence of residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also provides fusion proteins, comprising a Zcytorl8 polypeptide and an immunoglobulin moiety. In such fusion proteins, the immunoglobulin moiety may be an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, such as a human Fc fragment. The present invention further includes isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode such fusion proteins.
These and other aspects of the invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description. In addition, various references are identified below.
2. Definitions
In the description that follows, a number of terms are used extensively. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the invention.
As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., α-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well- known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid molecule" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded. The term "complement of a nucleic acid molecule" refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
The term "contig" denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
The term "degenerate nucleotide sequence" denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
The term "structural gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. A nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
A "nucleic acid molecule construct" is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature. "Linear DNA" denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends. Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption.
"Complementary DNA (cDNA)" is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription. Those skilled in the art also use the term "cDNA" to refer to a double-stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand. The term "cDNA" also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template. A "promoter" is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements (DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol. Endocrinol 7:551 (1993)), cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements (SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol. 1:47 (1990)), glucocorticoid response elements (GREs), and binding sites for other transcription factors, such as CRE/ATF (O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 2(57:19938 (1992)), AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol. Chem. 259:25728 (1994)), SPl, cAMP response element binding protein (CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 3:253 (1993)) and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. (The Benjantin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. 1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J. 303:1 (1994)). If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known. A "core promoter" contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity. A "regulatory element" is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter. For example, a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific," "tissue-specific," or "organelle-specific" manner.
An "enhancer" is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
"Heterologous DNA" refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell. DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA). For example, a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule. Conversely, a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter. As another illustration, a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene. A "polypeptide" is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as "peptides."
A "protein" is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
A peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
An "integrated genetic element" is a segment of DNA that has been incoφorated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation. Within the present invention, integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny. A "cloning vector" is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, which has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
An "expression vector" is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
A "recombinant host" is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector. In the present context, an example of a recombinant host is a cell that produces Zcytorlδ from an expression vector. In contrast, Zcytorl8 can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of Zcytorlδ, and that lacks an expression vector.
"Integrative transformants" are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
A "fusion protein" is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes. For example, a fusion protein can comprise at least part of a Zcytorlδ polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix. Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of __cytorl8 using affinity chromatography.
The term "receptor" denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand." This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell. Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor). Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain stmcture comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor. In general, the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell. Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
The term "secretory signal sequence" denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized. The larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Typically, a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure. One way to show that a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide is by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. However, the term "isolated" does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
The terms "amino-terminal" and "carboxyl-terminal" are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide. The term "expression" refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides. The term "splice variant" is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
As used herein, the term "immunomodulator" includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
The term "complement/anti-complement pair" denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions. For instance, biotin and avidin (or streptavidin) are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair. Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like. Where subsequent dissociation of the complement/anti-complement pair is desirable, the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 109 M"1.
An "anti-idiotype antibody" is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin. In the present context, an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of Zcytorlδ.
An "antibody fragment" is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of stmcture, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-Zcytorlδ monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of Zcytorlδ.
The term "antibody fragment" also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins"), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
A "chimeric antibody" is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
"Humanized antibodies" are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
As used herein, a "therapeutic agent" is a molecule or atom, which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate, which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drags, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
A "detectable label" is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis. Examples of detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
The term "affinity tag" is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate. In principal, any peptide or protein for which an antibody or other specific binding agent is available can be used as an affinity tag. Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1015 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol. 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952 (1985)), substance P, FLAG peptide (Hopp et al, Biotechnology _ :1204 (1988)), streptavidin binding peptide, or other antigenic epitope or binding domain. See, in general, Ford et al, Protein Expression and Purification 2:95 (1991). DNA molecules encoding affinity tags are available from commercial suppliers (e.g., Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ).
A "naked antibody" is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
As used herein, the term "antibody component" includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment. An "immunoconjugate" is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
As used herein, the term "antibody fusion protein" refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a Zcytorlδ polypeptide component. Examples of an antibody fusion protein include a protein that comprises a Zcytorlδ extracellular domain, and either an Fc domain or an antigen-biding region.
A "target polypeptide" or a "target peptide" is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen. T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell. An "antigenic peptide" is a peptide, which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell. Thus, antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell, which binds or expresses the antigen. The antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
An "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Zcytorlδ" or a "Zcytorlδ anti- sense oligonucleotide" is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Zcytorl8 gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Zcytorl8 gene. A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene."
An "external guide sequence" is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene."
The term "variant Zcytorl8 gene" refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymoφhisms of Zcytorl8 genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms of Zcytorl8 genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant Zcytorlδ gene can be identified, for example, by deterrnining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions. Alternatively, variant Zcytorlδ genes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity" if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity" if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peraski and Peraski, The Internet and the New Biology: Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). Particular methods for determining sequence identity are described below.
Regardless of the particular method used to identify a variant Zcytorlδ gene or variant Zcytorl8 polypeptide, a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene may be functionally characterized the ability to bind specifically to an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody. The term "allelic variant" is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymoφhism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term allelic variant is also used herein to denote a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.
The term "ortholog" denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation.
"Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, α- globin, β-globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other. The present invention includes functional fragments of Zcytorlδ genes. Within the context of this invention, a "functional fragment" of a Zcytorlδ gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a portion of a Zcytorl8 polypeptide, which is a domain described herein or at least specifically binds with an anti-Zcytorlδ antibody. Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about" X or "approximately" X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ±10%.
3. Production of Nucleic Acid Molecules Encoding Zcytor18
Nucleic acid molecules encoding a human Zcytorlδ can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l. These techniques are standard and well-established.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Zcytorlδ can be isolated from a cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from a tissue, such as testicular tissue, using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. In general, RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants. For example, total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenoFchloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)"]; Wu et al, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)"]).
Alternatively, total RNA can be isolated by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33- 41).
In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A)+ RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A)+ RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69: 1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4-12). Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A)+ RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. (see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46). Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
Various cloning vectors are appropriate for the construction of a cDNA library. For example, a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a λgtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al., "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in λgtlO and λgtll," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
Alternatively, double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a PBLUESCPJPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Coφ.) or other commercially available vectors. Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
To amplify the cloned cDNA molecules, the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques. For example, a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
A human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327). Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases. Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327). Alternatively, human genomic libraries can be obtained from commercial sources such as Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL) and the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, NA). A library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO:l, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
Nucleic acid molecules that encode a human Zcytorlδ gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the Zcytorlδ gene, as described herein. General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Moreover, techniques for using PCR to isolate related genes are described by, for example, Preston, "Use of Degenerate Oligonucleotide Primers and the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Clone Gene Family Members," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 317-337 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
Anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies, produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human Zcytorlδ genes from cDNA libraries. For example, the antibodies can be used to screen λgtll expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening λ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
As an alternative, a Zcytorlδ gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9). Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 21:1131 (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl 4:299 (1995)).
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "gene machines" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately. The production of short genes (60 to δ0 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%. To overcome this problem, synthetic genes (double-stranded) are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length. For reviews on polynucleotide synthesis, see, for example, Glick and Pasternak, Molecular Biotechnology, Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (ASM Press 1994), Itakura et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323 (1984), and Climie et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 57:633 (1990). The sequence of a Zcytorlδ cDNA or Zcytorlδ genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Zcytorlδ polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein can also be used as probes or primers to clone 5' non-coding regions of a Zcytorlδ gene. Promoter elements from a Zcytorlδ gene can be used to direct the expression of heterologous genes in, for example, transgenic animals or patients treated with gene therapy. The identification of genomic fragments containing a Zcytorlδ promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well-established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of Zcytorl8 proteins by "gene activation," as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous Zcytorlδ gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the Zcytorlδ locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site. The targeting sequence is a Zcytorlδ 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the constract with the endogenous Zcytorlδ locus, whereby the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous Zcytorlδ coding sequence. In this way, an endogenous Zcytorlδ promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
4. Production of Zcytorl 8 Variants
The present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA molecules, which encode the Zcytorl 8 polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules. SEQ ID NO:3 is a degenerate nucleotide sequence that encompasses all nucleic acid molecules that encode the Zcytorlδ polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the degenerate sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 also provides all RNA sequences encoding SEQ ID NO:2, by substituting U for T. Thus, the present invention contemplates Zcytorlδ polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide δ6 to nucleotide 2344 of SEQ ID NO:l, and their RNA equivalents. Similarly, the present invention contemplates Zcytorlδ polypeptide- encoding nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide δ6 to nucleotide 2302 of SEQ ID NO:7, and their RNA equivalents.
Table 1 sets forth the one-letter codes used within SEQ ID NO: 3 to denote degenerate nucleotide positions. "Resolutions" are the nucleotides denoted by a code letter. "Complement" indicates the code for the complementary nucleotide(s). For example, the code Y denotes either C or T, and its complement R denotes A or G, A being complementary to T, and G being complementary to C.
Table 1
The degenerate codons used in SEQ ID NO:3, encompassing all possible codons for a given amino acid, are set forth in Table 2.
Table 2
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that some ambiguity is introduced in determining a degenerate codon, representative of all possible codons encoding an amino acid. For example, the degenerate codon for serine (WSN) can, in some circumstances, encode arginine (AGR), and the degenerate codon for arginine (MGN) can, in some circumstances, encode serine (AGY). A similar relationship exists between codons encoding phenylalanine and leucine. Thus, some polynucleotides encompassed by the degenerate sequence may encode variant amino acid sequences, but one of ordinary skill in the art can easily identify such variant sequences by reference to the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2. Variant sequences can be readily tested for functionality as described herein.
Different species can exhibit "preferential codon usage." In general, see, Grantham et al, Nucl Acids Res. δ:1893 (1980), Haas et al. Curr. Biol. 6:315 (1996), Wain-Hobson et al, Gene 13:355 (1981), Grosjean and Fiers, Gene 18:199 (1982), Holm, Nuc. Acids Res. 14:3015 (1986), Ikemura, /. Mol. Biol. 158:513 (1982), Sharp and Matassi, Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4:851 (1994), Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 6:494 (1995), and Makrides, Microbiol Rev. 60:512 (1996). As used herein, the term "preferential codon usage" or "preferential codons" is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid (See Table 2). For example, the _rmino acid threonine (thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different threonine codons may be preferential. Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species. Therefore, the degenerate codon sequences disclosed herein serve as a template for optimizing expression of polynucleotides in various cell types and species commonly used in the art and disclosed herein. Sequences containing preferential codons can be tested and optimized for expression in various species, and tested for functionality as disclosed herein.
The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. As an illustration, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, and SEQ ID NO: 13 provide the nucleotide, amino acid, and degenerate nucleotide sequences, respectively, of murine Zcytorl 8. Features of the murine Zcytorl 8 polypeptide include an extracellular domain at amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, a putative signal sequence at amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO: 12, a transmembrane domain at amino acid residues 301 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and an intracellular domain at amino acid residues 323 to 739 of SEQ ID NO: 12. Murine Zcytorlδ gene expression has been detected in brain, kidney, lung, skin, testis, and uterus tissues of the mouse, while little or no expression was detectable in heart, liver, pancreas, and spleen tissues.
Zcytorlδ polypeptides from other mammalian species, including mouse, porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides, are also of interest. Orthologs of human Zcytorlδ can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques. For example, a Zcytorlδ cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses Zcytorlδ as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line.
A Zcytorl S-encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences. A cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human Zcytorlδ sequences disclosed herein. In addition, a cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Zcytorlδ polypeptide.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:l represents a single allele of human Zcytorlδ, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequences disclosed herein, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of the amino acid sequences disclosed herein. cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced niRNAs, which retain the properties of the Zcytorlδ polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the isolated nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising nucleotide sequences disclosed herein. For example, such nucleic acid molecules can hybridize under stringent conditions to nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, to nucleic acid molecules consisting of the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 2344 of SEQ ID NO:l, or to nucleic acid molecules comprising a nucleotide sequence complementary to SEQ ID NO:l, the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, or nucleotides 192 to 2344 of SEQ ID NO:l. In general, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
A pair of nucleic acid molecules, such as DNA-DNA, RNA-RNA and DNA-RNA, can hybridize if the nucleotide sequences have some degree of complementarity. Hybrids can tolerate mismatched base pairs in the double helix, but the stability of the hybrid is influenced by the degree of mismatch. The Tm of the mismatched hybrid decreases by 1°C for every 1-1.5% base pair mismatch. Varying the stringency of the hybridization conditions allows control over the degree of mismatch that will be present in the hybrid. The degree of stringency increases as the hybridization temperature increases and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer decreases. Stringent hybridization conditions encompass temperatures of about 5-25°C below the Tm of the hybrid and a hybridization buffer having up to 1 M Na+. Higher degrees of stringency at lower temperatures can be achieved with the addition of formamide which reduces the Tm of the hybrid about 1°C for each 1% formamide in the buffer solution. Generally, such stringent conditions include temperatures of 20-70°C and a hybridization buffer containing up to 6x SSC and 0-50% formamide. A higher degree of stringency can be achieved at temperatures of from 40-70°C with a hybridization buffer having up to 4x SSC and from 0-50% formamide. Highly stringent conditions typically encompass temperatures of 42-70°C with a hybridization buffer having up to lx SSC and 0-50% formamide. Different degrees of stringency can be used during hybridization and washing to achieve maximum specific binding to the target sequence. Typically, the washes following hybridization are performed at increasing degrees of stringency to remove non-hybridized polynucleotide probes from hybridized complexes. The above conditions are meant to serve as a guide and it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to adapt these conditions for use with a particular polypeptide hybrid. The Tm for a specific target sequence is the temperature (under defined conditions) at which 50% of the target sequence will hybridize to a perfectly matched probe sequence. Conditions that influence the Tm include, the size and base pair content of the polynucleotide probe, the ionic strength of the hybridization solution, and the presence of destabilizing agents in the hybridization solution. Numerous equations for calculating Tm are known in the art, and are specific for DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids and polynucleotide probe sequences of varying length (see, for example, Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (Cold Spring Harbor Press 19δ9); Ausubel et al, (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 19δ7); Berger and Kimmel (eds.), Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, (Academic Press, Inc. 19δ7); and Wetmur, Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol 26:221 (1990)). Sequence analysis software such as OLIGO 6.0 (LSR; Long Lake, MN) and Primer Premier 4.0 (Premier Biosoft International; Palo Alto, CA), as well as sites on the Internet, are available tools for analyzing a given sequence and calculating Tm based on user defined criteria. Such programs can also analyze a given sequence under defined conditions and identify suitable probe sequences. Typically, hybridization of longer polynucleotide sequences, >50 base pairs, is performed at temperatures of about 20-25°C below the calculated Tm. For smaller probes, <50 base pairs, hybridization is typically carried out at the Tm or 5-10°C below. This allows for the maximum rate of hybridization for DNA-DNA and DNA-RNA hybrids.
The length of the polynucleotide sequence influences the rate and stability of hybrid formation. Smaller probe sequences, <50 base pairs, reach equilibrium with complementary sequences rapidly, but may form less stable hybrids. Incubation times of anywhere from minutes to hours can be used to achieve hybrid formation. Longer probe sequences come to equilibrium more slowly, but form more stable complexes even at lower temperatures. Incubations are allowed to proceed overnight or longer. Generally, incubations are carried out for a period equal to three times the calculated Cot time. Cot time, the time it takes for the polynucleotide sequences to reassociate, can be calculated for a particular sequence by methods known in the art. The base pair composition of polynucleotide sequence will effect the thermal stability of the hybrid complex, thereby influencing the choice of hybridization temperature and the ionic strength of the hybridization buffer. A-T pairs are less stable than G-C pairs in aqueous solutions containing sodium chloride. Therefore, the higher the G-C content, the more stable the hybrid. Even distribution of G and C residues within the sequence also contribute positively to hybrid stability. In addition, the base pair composition can be manipulated to alter the Tm of a given sequence. For example, 5-methyldeoxycytidine can be substituted for deoxycytidine and 5-bromodeoxuridine can be substituted for thymidine to increase the Tm> whereas 7-deazz-2'-deoxyguanosine can be substituted for guanosine to reduce dependence on Tm .
The ionic concentration of the hybridization buffer also affects the stability of the hybrid. Hybridization buffers generally contain blocking agents such as Denhardt's solution (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.), denatured salmon sperm DNA, tRNA, milk powders (BLOTTO), heparin or SDS, and a Na+ source, such as SSC (lx SSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride, 15 mM sodium citrate) or SSPE (lx SSPE: LS M NaCl, 10 mM NaH2PO4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.7). Typically, hybridization buffers contain from between 10 mM - 1 M Na+. The addition of destabilizing or denaturing agents such as formamide, tetralkylammonium salts, guanidinium cations or thiocyanate cations to the hybridization solution will alter the Tm of a hybrid. Typically, formamide is used at a concentration of up to 50% to allow incubations to be carried out at more convenient and lower temperatures. Formamide also acts to reduce non-specific background when using RNA probes. As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC, 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine seram albumin), 10% dexfran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA. One of skill in the art can devise variations of these hybridization conditions. For example, the hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide. Moreover, premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Following hybridization, the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditipns. Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. As an illustration, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zcytorlδ polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1%) SDS at 65°C. One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting SSPE for SSC in the wash solution. Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C. For example, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
The present invention also provides isolated Zcytorlδ polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:δ, or their orthologs. The term "substantially similar sequence identity" is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:δ, or their orthologs.
The present invention also contemplates Zcytorlδ variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above. Such Zcytorlδ variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1%) SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Alternatively, Zcytorlδ variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that remain hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in wliich the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least δ0%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA δ9: 10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 3 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one-letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
is H CN ro H 1 rH ID CN CN o 1 1
CΛ ^F rH ro CN CN
1 1 1 r- H ro CM 1 1 1 1 fa •* CN CN H ro H
1 1 1
^ CN ro H o ro CM H ro H ro
I 1 1 1 1 1 ffi CD ro m H CM H CM H CM CM CN ro
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
_> - CN ■ CM ro ro CM o CN CM ro ro 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
W IT) CN o ro n H CM ro H o H ro CM CM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I σ IT) CN CN o ro CN H o ro H o H CM H CM 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1
L) σi n ro ro H H ro H CM ro H H CM CN H
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1
Q _ ro o CN H H ro H ro ro H o H ro ro
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S _ H ro o O o H m o CM ro CM H O CN ro
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pi iri o CM ro H O CN o ro CN CM H ro CM H H ro CM ro
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
H CN CN o H H o CM H H H' H CM H H O ro CN o
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
< PJ a Q O σ m ε_ K H 3 !-J £ ft ft 0. E-i IS :» >
o Ol Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Zcytorlδ variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (19δδ), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 783:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence and the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, S/A J. Appl. Math. 26:1 1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Illustrative parameters for FAST A analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRIX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above. The present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with an amino acid sequence disclosed herein. For example, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, or SEQ ID NO:δ, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in a Zcytorlδ amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in a Zcytorlδ amino acid sequence, a sulfur-containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy-containing amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Zcytorlδ amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Zcytorlδ amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in a Zcytorl amino acid sequence. Among the common amino acids, for example, a "conservative amino acid substitution" is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
The BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution" preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3. According to this system, preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3). Particular variants of Zcytorl 8 are characterized by having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:8), wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions. Conservative amino acid changes in a Zcytorlδ gene can be introduced, for example, by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l. Such "conservative amino acid" variants can be obtained by oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)). A variant Zcytorl 8 polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies. The proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tran_-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, --4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, α./ø-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutarnine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert- leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, and 4- fluorophenylalanine. Several methods are known in the art for incorporating non- naturally occurring amino acid residues into proteins. For example, an in vitro system can be employed wherein nonsense mutations are suppressed using chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs. Methods for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating tRΝA are known in the art. Transcription and translation of plasmids containing nonsense mutations is typically carried out in a cell-free system comprising an E. coli S30 extract and commercially available enzymes and other reagents. Proteins are purified by chromatography. See, for example, Robertson et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:2122 (1991), Εllman et al, Methods Enzymol. 202:301 (1991), Chung et al, Science 259:806 (1993), and Chung et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 90: 10145 (1993).
In a second method, translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRΝA and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs (Turcatti et al, J. Biol Chem. 271:19991 (1996)). Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine). The non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)). A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Zcytorlδ amino acid residues.
Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 88:449δ (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site-Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological activity to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:4699 (1996).
Although sequence analysis can be used to further define the Zcytorl 8 ligand binding region, amino acids that play a role in Zcytorl 8 binding activity can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et α/., FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992).
Multiple amino acid substitutions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer (Science 241:53 (19δ8)) or Bowie and Sauer (Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 8(5:2152 (1989)). Briefly, these authors disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting for functional polypeptide, and then sequencing the mutagenized polypeptides to determine the spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position. Other methods that can be used include phage display (e.g., Lowman et al, Biochem. 30: 10832 (1991), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Huse, international publication No. WO 92/06204, and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al, Gene 46:145 (19δ6), and Ner et al, DNA 7:121, (19δδ)). Moreover, Zcytorl 8 labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of Zcytorl 8 ligands. Variants of the disclosed Zcytorl 8 nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmer, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:10141 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNA molecules are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNA molecules, such as allelic variants or DNA molecules from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes. Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells. Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modem equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
The present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Zcytorlδ polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments. Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Zcytorlδ polypeptide. As an illustration, DNA molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 2347 of SEQ ID NO.T can be digested with Bal31 nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. The fragments are then inserted into expression vectors in proper reading frame, and the expressed polypeptides are isolated and tested for the ability to bind anti- Zcytorlδ antibodies. One alternative to exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment. Alternatively, particular fragments of a Zcytorlδ gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction. An example of a functional fragment is the extracellular domain of Zcytorlδ (i.e., amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2 or SEQ ID NO:5, or amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8).
This general approach is exemplified by studies on the truncation at either or both termini of interferons have been summarized by Horisberger and Di Marco, Pharmac. Ther. 66:501 (1995). Moreover, standard techniques for functional analysis of proteins are described by, for example, Treuter et al, Molec. Gen. Genet. 240:113 (1993), Content et al, "Expression and preliminary deletion analysis of the 42 kDa 2-5A synthetase induced by human interferon," in Biological Interferon Systems, Proceedings oflSIR-TNO Meeting on Interferon Systems, Cantell (ed.), pages 65-72 (Nijhoff 1987), Herschman, "The EGF Receptor," in Control of Animal Cell Proliferation, Vol. ■ 1, Boynton et al, (eds.) pages 169-199 (Academic Press 1985), Coumailleau et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:29210 (1995); Fukunaga et al, J. Biol. Chem. 270:25291 (1995); Yamaguchi et al, Biochem. Pharmacol. 50:1295 (1995), and Meisel et al, Plant Molec. Biol 30:1 (1996).
The present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Zcytorl 8 gene that have amino acid changes, compared with an amino acid sequence disclosed herein. A variant Zcytorl 8 gene can be identified on the basis of structure by determining the level of identity with disclosed nucleotide and amino acid sequences, as discussed above. An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Zcytorlδ gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence, such as SEQ ID NO: 1. The present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide described herein. Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 87:3998 (1983)).
In contrast, polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). )). Antibodies that recognize short linear epitopes are particularly useful in analytic and diagnostic applications that use denatured protein, such as Western analysis, or in the analysis of fixed cells or tissue samples. Antibodies to linear epitopes are also useful for detecting fragments of Zcytorlδ, such as might occur in body fluids or culture media. Accordingly, antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 amino acids of an amino acid sequence disclosed herein. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a Zcytorlδ polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:26S (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:616 (1996)). Standard methods for identifying epitopes and producing antibodies from small peptides that comprise an epitope are described, for example, by Mole, "Epitope Mapping," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 105-116 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992), Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 60-84 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Coligan et al (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, pages 9.3.1 - 9.3.5 and pages 9.4.1 - 9.4.11 (John Wiley & Sons 1997).
For any Zcytorlδ polypeptide, including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above. Moreover, those of skill in the art can use standard software to devise Zcytorl 8 variants based upon the nucleotide and amino acid sequences described herein. Accordingly, the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:8, and SEQ ID NO:9. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically-readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk. Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
5. Production of Zcytorl 8 Polypeptides
The polypeptides of the present invention, including full-length polypeptides, functional fragments, and fusion proteins, can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques. To express a Zcytorlδ gene, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell. In addition to transcriptional regulatory sequences, such as promoters and enhancers, expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence. As discussed above, expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell. For example, a Zcytorlδ expression vector may comprise a Zcytorlδ gene and a secretory sequence derived from any secreted gene. Zcytorlδ proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells. Examples of suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Nero; ATCC CRL 15δ7), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL δ544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 (Chasin et al, Som. Cell Molec. Genet. 12:555, 1986)), rat pituitary cells (GH1; ATCC CCL82), HeLa S3 cells (ATCC CCL2.2), rat hepatoma cells (H-4-H-E; ATCC CRL 1548) SN40-transformed monkey kidney cells (COS-1; ATCC CRL 1650) and murine embryonic cells (ΝIH-3T3; ATCC CRL 1658).
For a mammalian host, the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenoviras, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl Genet. i:273 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982)), the cytomegalovirus promoter (Foecking et al, Gene 45:101 (1980)), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter (see, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Alternatively, a prokaryotic promoter, such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control Zcytorlδ gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl Acids Res. 79:4485 (1991)).
An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like. The fransfected cells can be selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome. Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable fransformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
For example, one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drag, such as G-418 or the like. Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification." Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes. A suitable amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate. Other drag resistance genes (e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drag resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase) can also be used. Alternatively, markers that introduce an altered phenotype, such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CDδ, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort fransfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
Zcytorlδ polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system. Exemplary viruses for this purpose include adenoviras, herpesviras, vaccinia viras and adeno-associated viras (AAV). Adenoviras, a double- stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). Advantages of the adenoviras system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
By deleting portions of the adenoviras genome, larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. Adenoviras vector-infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505), for example, can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Gamier et al, Cytotechnol 75:145 (1994)). Zcytorlδ can also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells. The baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Zcytorlδ genes into insect cells. Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa californica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis viras (AcMNPN), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculoviras pi 0 promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter. A second method of making recombinant baculoviras utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993)). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC- to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DΝA encoding the Zcytorlδ polypeptide into a baculoviras genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid." See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, /. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In addition, transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DΝA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or Ν-terminus of the expressed Zcytorlδ polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:7952 (19δ5)). Using a technique known in the art, a transfer vector containing a Zcytorlδ gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids, which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculoviras. The bacmid DΝA containing the recombinant baculoviras genome is then isolated using common techniques.
The illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree. For example, the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculoviras basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculoviras infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In such transfer vector constructs, a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used. Moreover, transfer vectors can be constructed, which replace the native Zcytorl 8 secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins. For example, a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculoviras gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Zcytorlδ secretory signal sequence.
The recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells. Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-S -21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as Sβ (ATCC CRL 1711), S/21AE, and Sβl (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435). Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 H™ (Life Technologies) or ESF 921™ (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405™ (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveO™ (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells. When recombinant virus is used, the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 105 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
Established techniques for producing recombinant proteins in baculoviras systems are provided by Bailey et al, "Manipulation of Baculoviras Vectors," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray (ed.), pages 147-16δ (The Humana Press, Inc. 1991), by Patel et al, "The baculoviras expression system," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 205-244 (Oxford University Press 1995), by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-37 to 16-57, by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995), and by Lucknow, "Insect Cell Expression Technology," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages lδ3-21δ (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Fungal cells, including yeast cells, can also be used to express the genes described herein. Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica. Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GALI (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like. Many yeast cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19. Methods for transforming S. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,S70,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,845,075. Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drag resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine). A suitable vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose- containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454.
Transformation systems for other yeasts, including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
For example, the use of Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,80δ, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (199δ), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 9δ/02536, and WO 98/02565. DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which can be linearized prior to transformation. For polypeptide production in P. methanolica, the promoter and terminator in the plasmid can be that of a P. methanolica gene, such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUGl or AUG2). Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes. To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, the entire expression segment of the plasmid can be flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences. A suitable selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5-aminoimidazole carboxylase (AERC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine. For large-scale, industrial processes where it is desirable to minimize the use of methanol, host cells can be used in which both methanol utilization genes (AUGl and AUG2) are deleted. For production of secreted proteins, host cells can be deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1). Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds. Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 10:26% (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-8δ (CRC Press, 1993).
Alternatively, Zcytorlδ genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Suitable promoters that can be used to express Zcytorlδ polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the PR and PL promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B. subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene. Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol 1:211 (19δ7), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
Suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus. Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DΕ3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, YlOδδ, Y10δ9, CSHlδ, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)). Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YBδ86, MI119, MI120, and B170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)).
When expressing a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution. In the latter case, the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding. Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in NA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995), Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, page 137 (Wiley- Liss, Inc. 1995), and Georgiou, "Expression of Proteins in Bacteria," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), page 101 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)). Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995).
General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheveπy, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996). Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et al, "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 59-92 (Oxford University Press 1995). Established methods for isolating recombinant proteins from a baculoviras system are described by Richardson (ed.), Baculoviras Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995).
As an alternative, polypeptides of the present invention can be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. These synthesis methods are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963), Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis" (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot. 3:3 (1986), Atherton et al, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1989), Fields and Colo wick, "Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis," Methods in Enzymology Volume 2S9 (Academic Press 1997), and Lloyd- Williams et al, Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Variations in total chemical synthesis strategies, such as "native chemical ligation" and "expressed protein ligation" are also standard (see, for example, Dawson et al, Science 266:116 (1994), Hackeng et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 94:7845 (1997), Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 2δ7: 34 (1997), Muir et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:6105 (1998), and Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 273:16205 (1998)). Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, or SEQ ID NO:8. As an illustration, polypeptides can comprise at least six, at least nine, or at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of any of the following amino acid sequences: (a) amino acid residues 1 to 203 of SEQ ID NO: 2, (b) amino acid residues 36 to 203 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 1 to lδ9 of SEQ ID NO:8, (f) amino acid residues 36 to lδ9 of SEQ ID NO:δ, (g) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, and (h) amino acid residues 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences. For example, polypeptides can comprise at least 30 contiguous amino acid residues of an _rmino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) amino acid residues 1 to 218 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) amino acid residues 36 to 218 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 1 to 204 of SEQ ID NO:8, (f) amino acid residues 36 to 204 of SEQ ID NO: 8, (g) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO: 8, and (h) amino acid residues 1 to 739 of SEQ ID NO:8. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
6. Production of Zcytorl 8 Fusion Proteins and Conjugates
One general class of Zcytorlδ analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein. Another general class of Zcytorl 8 analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et αl, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 708:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Zcytorl δ antibodies mimic Zcytorl 8, these domains can provide Zcytorl 8 binding activity. Methods of producing anti-idiotypic catalytic antibodies are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Joron et al, Ann. N Y Acad. Sci. 672:216 (1992), Friboulet et al, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 47:229 (1994), and Avalle et al, Ann. N Y Acad. Sci. S64: 118 (199δ)).
Another approach to identifying Zcytorl 8 analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384, Kay, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
Zcytorlδ polypeptides have both in vivo and in vitro uses. As an illustration, a soluble form of Zcytorl can be added to cell culture medium to inhibit the effects of the Zcytorlδ ligand produced by the cultured cells.
Fusion proteins of Zcytorlδ can be used to express Zcytorlδ in a recombinant host, and to isolate the produced Zcytorlδ. As described below, particular Zcytorlδ fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy. One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Zcytorlδ polypeptide from a recombinant host cell. To direct a Zcytorlδ polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a eukaryotic host cell, a secretory signal sequence (also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence) is provided in the Zcytorlδ expression vector. While the secretory signal sequence may be derived from Zcytorlδ, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo. The secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a Zcytorl 8-encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell. Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland etal, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
Although the secretory signal sequence of Zcytorl 8 or another protein produced by mammalian cells (e.g., tissue-type plasminogen activator signal sequence, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,655) is useful for expression of Zcytorlδ in recombinant mammalian hosts, a yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells. Examples of suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone α-factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et al, "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995).
In bacterial cells, it is often desirable to express a heterologous protein as a fusion protein to decrease toxicity, increase stability, and to enhance recovery of the expressed protein. For example, Zcytorlδ can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide. Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns. In similar approaches, a Zcytorlδ fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose. Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et al, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995). In addition, commercially available expression systems are available. For example, the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system (Promega Corporation; Madison, WI) provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYTRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:215 (1996), Morganti et al, Biotechnol. Appl. Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et al, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma- Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
The present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the Zcytorl 8 polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway. A signal fusion polypeptide can be made wherein a secretory signal sequence derived from amino acid residues 1 to 35 of SEQ ID NO: 2 is operably linked to another polypeptide using methods known in the art and disclosed herein. The secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art. For example, these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor. Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a
• cultured recombinant host to direct peptides through the secretory pathway. With regard to the latter, exemplary polypeptides include pharmaceutically active molecules such as
Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (1L-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-19, IL-20, and IL-21), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons-α, -β, -γ, -co, -δ, -ε, and -x), the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor," erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin. The Zcytorlδ secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Fusion proteins comprising a Zcytorlδ secretory signal sequence can be constructed using standard techniques.
Another form of fusion protein comprises a Zcytorlδ polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an Fc fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region. As an illustration, Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment. The C- terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety. An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert. An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ID NO: 10). In this fusion protein, an illustrative Fc moiety is a human γ4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates a Zcytorlδ fusion protein that comprises a Zcytorlδ moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the Zcytorlδ moiety is attached to the N- ter inus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker, such as a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. The Zcytorlδ moiety can be a Zcytorlδ molecule or a fragment thereof. For example, a fusion protein can comprise an Fc fragment (e.g., a human Fc fragment), and amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to lδ9 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8.
In another variation, a Zcytorlδ fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a Zcytorlδ moiety covalently joined to the εuninoterrninal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the antinoterminal of the Zcytorlδ moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH2 domain, and a CH3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CHi domain. The Zcytorlδ moiety displays a Zcytorlδ activity, as described herein, such as the ability to bind with a Zcytorlδ ligand. This general approach to producing fusion proteins that comprise both antibody and nonantibody portions has been described by LaRochelle et al , EP 742δ30 (WO 95/21258).
Fusion proteins comprising a Zcytorl 8 moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool. For example, the presence of a Zcytorlδ ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Zcytorl δ-immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Zcytorlδ moiety is used to bind the ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to bind the fusion protein to a solid support. Such systems can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of a Zcytorl δ ligand to its receptor.
Other examples of antibody fusion proteins include polypeptides that comprise an antigen-binding domain and a Zcytorlδ fragment that contains a Zcytorlδ extracellular domain. Such molecules can be used to target particular tissues for the benefit of Zcytorlδ binding activity. The present invention further provides a variety of other polypeptide fusions. For example, part or all of a domain(s) conferring a biological function can be swapped between Zcytorlδ of the present invention with the functionally equivalent domain(s) from another member of the cytokine receptor family. Polypeptide fusions can be expressed in recombinant host cells to produce a variety of Zcytorlδ fusion analogs. A Zcytorl 8 polypeptide can be fused to two or more moieties or domains, such as an affinity tag for purification and a targeting domain. Polypeptide fusions can also comprise one or more cleavage sites, particularly between domains. See, for example, Tuan et al, Connective Tissue Research 34:1 (1996).
Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25. Zcytorl 8 polypeptides can be used to identify and to isolate Zcytorl 8 ligands. For example, proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind ligands from a biological sample that is ran over the column (Hermanson et al. (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195- 202 (Academic Press 1992)). The activity of a Zcytorlδ polypeptide can be observed by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer, which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent physiologic cellular responses. An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA. A variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth. Enzymol 228:%4 (1997), Arimilli et al, J. Immunol Meth. 212:49 (1998), Van Liefde et al, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 346:81 (199δ)). The microphysiometer can be used for assaying eukaryotic, prokaryotic, adherent, or non-adherent cells. By measuring extracellular acidification changes in cell media over time, the microphysiometer directly measures cellular responses to various stimuli, including agonists, ligands, or antagonists of Zcytorlδ.
For example, the microphysiometer is used to measure responses of an Zcytorl δ-expressing eukaryotic cell, compared to a control eukaryotic cell that does not express Zcytorl 8 polypeptide. Suitable cells responsive to Zcytorl δ-modulating stimuli include recombinant host cells comprising a Zcytorlδ expression vector, and cells that naturally express Zcytorlδ. Extracellular acidification provides one measure for a Zcytorl δ-modulated cellular response. In addition, this approach can be used to identify ligands, agonists, and antagonists of Zcytorlδ ligand. For example, a molecule can be identified as an agonist of Zcytorl 8 ligand by providing cells that express a Zcytorlδ polypeptide, culturing a first portion of the cells in the absence of the test compound, culturing a second portion of the cells in the presence of the test compound, and determining whether the second portion exhibits a cellular response, in comparison with the first portion.
Alternatively, a solid phase system can be used to identify a Zcytorlδ ligand, or an agonist or antagonist of a Zcytorl 8 ligand. For example, a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide or Zcytorlδ fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 145:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol. Biol. 234:554 (1993). In brief, a Zcytorlδ polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell. A test sample is then passed through the cell. If a ligand is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film. This system allows the determination of on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of stoichiometry of binding. This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
Zcytorlδ binding domains can be further characterized by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids of Zcytorlδ ligand agonists. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992).
The present invention also contemplates chemically modified Zcytorlδ compositions, in which a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide is linked with a polymer. Illustrative Zcytorl 8 polypeptides are soluble polypeptides that lack a functional transmembrane domain, such as a polypeptide consisting of amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8. Typically, the polymer is water-soluble so that the Zcytorl 8 conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment. An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled. An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714). The polymer may be branched or unbranched. Moreover, a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Zcytorlδ conjugates.
Zcytorlδ conjugates used for therapy can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties. Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl-C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy- PEG, poly-(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, bz_-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate-based polymers. Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000. A Zcytorlδ conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
One example of a Zcytorl 8 conjugate comprises a Zcytorlδ moiety and a polyalkyl oxide moiety attached to the N-terminus of the Zcytorlδ moiety. PEG is one suitable polyalkyl oxide. As an illustration, Zcytorl 8 can be modified with PEG, a process known as "PEGylation." PEGylation of Zcytorl 8 can be carried out by any of the PEGylation reactions known in the art (see, for example, EP 0 154 316, Delgado et al, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 9:249 (1992), Duncan and Spreafico, Clin. Pharmacokinet.. 27:290 (1994), and Francis et al, Int J Hematol 68:1 (1998)). For example, PEGylation can be performed by an acylation reaction or by an alkylation reaction with a reactive polyethylene glycol molecule. In an alternative approach, Zcytorlδ conjugates are formed by condensing activated PEG, in which a terminal hydroxy or amino group of PEG has been replaced by an activated linker (see, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657).
PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide. An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to V-liydroxysuccinimide. As used herein, the term "acylation" includes the following types of linkages between Zcytorl 8 and a water-soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like. Methods for preparing PEGylated Zcytorlδ by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Zcytorl 8 polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Zcytorl 8, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). Generally, the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Zcytorl8, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Zcytorl8 product. The product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated
Zcytorlδ product, wherein the lysine ε-amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group. An example of a connecting linkage is an amide. Typically, the resulting Zcytorlδ will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions. PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated Zcytorlδ polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Zcytorlδ in the presence of a reducing agent. PEG groups can be attached to the polypeptide via a -CH2-NH group.
Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization. Typically, the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ε-amino groups of the lysine residues and the α-amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein. By such selective derivatization, attachment of a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde, to a protein is controlled. The conjugation with the polymer occurs predominantly at the N-terminus of the protein without significant modification of other reactive groups such as the lysine side chain amino groups. The present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of Zcytorlδ monopolymer conjugates. Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zcytorl 8 conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Zcytorlδ polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the α-amino group at the amino terminus of the Zcytorlδ, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). The reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation. Illustrative reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
For a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zcytorlδ conjugates, the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Zcytorlδ. Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the α-amino group at the N-terminus. The pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal α-group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer:Zcytorlδ need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 to 9, or 3 to 6.
Another factor to consider is the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer. Generally, the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein. For PEGylation reactions, the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about 25 kDa. The molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zcytorlδ will generally be in the range of 1:1 to 100:1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zcytorlδ will be 1:1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1:1 to 5:1 for monoPEGylation.
General methods for producing conjugates comprising a polypeptide and water-soluble polymer moieties are known in the art. See, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,3δ2,657, Greenwald et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,73δ, δ46, Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), Monkarsh et al, Anal. Biochem. 247:434 (1997)).
The present invention contemplates compositions comprising a peptide or polypeptide described herein. Such compositions can further comprise a carrier. The carrier can be a conventional organic or inorganic carrier. Examples of carriers include water, buffer solution, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, and the like. 7. Isolation of Zcytorl 8 Polypeptides
The polypeptides of the present invention can be purified to at least about δ0% purity, to at least about 90% purity, to at least about 95% purity, or greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents. The polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. In certain preparations, purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Zcytorlδ purified from natural sources (e.g., testis tissue), synthetic Zcytorlδ polypeptides, and recombinant Zcytorl δ polypeptides and fusion Zcytorlδ polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells. In general, ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples. Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are suitable. Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like. Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996).
Additional variations in Zcytorl 8 isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
The polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties. For example, immobilized metal ion adsorption (EVIAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (19δ5)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents. Other methods of purification include purification of glycosylated proteins by lectin affinity chromatography and ion exchange chromatography (M. Deutscher, (ed.), Meth. Enzymol. 182:529 (1990)). Within additional embodiments of the invention, a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag (e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain) may be constructed to facilitate purification. Zcytorl 8 polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described above. Zcytorlδ polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
8. Production of Antibodies to Zcytorl 8 Proteins
Antibodies to Zcytorl 8 can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Zcytorlδ expression vector or Zcytorl 8 isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies "bind specifically" with Zcytorlδ. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Zcytorlδ with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Zcytorl .
With regard to the first characteristic, antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Zcytorlδ polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (Ka) of 106 M"1 or greater, preferably 107 M"1 or greater, more preferably 108 M"1 or greater, and most preferably 109 M"1 or greater. The binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 51:660 (1949)). With regard to the second characteristic, antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Zcytorl 8, but not presently known polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Examples of known related polypeptides include known cytokine receptors.
Anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies can be produced using antigenic Zcytorlδ epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, or between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2 or another amino acid sequence disclosed herein. However, peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with Zcytorlδ. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are typically avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
As an illustration, potential antigenic sites in Zcytorl 8 were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis. The Jameson- Wolf method predicts potential antigenic determinants by combining six major subroutines for protein structural prediction. Briefly, the Hopp- Woods method, Hopp et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 78:3824 (1981), was first used to identify amino acid sequences representing areas of greatest local hydrophilicity (parameter: seven residues averaged). In the second step, Emini's method, Emini et al, I. Virology 55:836 (1985), was used to calculate surface probabilities (parameter: surface decision threshold (0.6) = 1). Third, the Karplus-Schultz method, Karplus and Schultz, Naturwissenschaften 72:212 (1985), was used to predict backbone chain flexibility (parameter: flexibility threshold (0.2) = 1). In the fourth and fifth steps of the analysis, secondary structure predictions were applied to the data using the methods of Chou- Fasman, Chou, "Prediction of Protein Structural Classes from Amino Acid Composition," in Prediction of Protein Structure and the Principles of Protein Conformation, Fasman (ed.), pages 549-586 (Plenum Press 1990), and Garnier-Robson, Gamier et al, J. Mol. Biol. 120:91 (1978) (Chou-Fasman parameters: conformation table = 64 proteins; α region threshold = 103; β region threshold = 105; Garnier-Robson parameters: α and β decision constants = 0). In the sixth subroutine, flexibility parameters and hydropathy/solvent accessibility factors were combined to determine a surface contour value, designated as the "antigenic index." Finally, a peak broadening function was applied to the antigenic index, which broadens major surface peaks by adding 20, 40, 60, or δ0% of the respective peak value to account for additional free energy derived from the mobility of surface regions relative to interior regions. This calculation was not applied, however, to any major peak that resides in a helical region, since helical regions tend to be less flexible.
The results of this analysis indicated that the following amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2 would provide suitable antigenic molecules: amino acids 29 to 41, amino acids 56 to 67, 131 to 139, amino acids 145 to 161, amino acids 214 to 227, amino acids 251 to 271, amino acids 347 to 357, amino acids 362 to 371, amino acids 445 to 462, amino acids 526 to 555, amino acids 628 to 654, amino acids 665 to 688, and amino acids 695 to 735, while amino acids 45 to 53 of SEQ ID NO:8 would provide a suitable antigenic molecule. The present invention contemplates the use of any one of these antigenic amino acid sequences to generate antibodies to Zcytorlδ. The present invention also contemplates polypeptides comprising at least one of these antigenic molecules.
Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Zcytorlδ protein or to Zcytorlδ isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995). The immunogenicity of a Zcytorlδ polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Zcytorlδ or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein. The polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof. If the polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
Although polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep, an anti-
Zcytorlδ antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody. General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J. Cancer 46:310 (1990). Alternatively, monoclonal anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies can be generated. Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan"], Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising a Zcytorlδ gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a seram sample, removing the spleen to obtain B-lympfiocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures. In addition, an anti-Zcytorlδ antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody. Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 3<58:δ56 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:519 (1994).
Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
For particular uses, it may be desirable to prepare fragments of anti- Zcytorlδ antibodies. Such antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody. Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. As an illustration, antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Optionally, the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages. As an alternative, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and VL chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by frϊbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972). Alternatively, the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)).
The Fv fragments may comprise VH and VL chains, which are connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) (also see, Bird et al, Science 242:423 (198δ), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et al, Bio/Technology 11:1211 (1993), and Sandhu, supra).
As an illustration, a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Zcytorlδ polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Zcytorl protein or peptide). Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Zcytorl 8 polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides, which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances. Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,4δ4, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,69δ, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc. 1996)) and random peptide display libraries and kits for screening such libraries are available commercially, for instance from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Invitrogen Inc. (San Diego, CA), New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, MA), and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc. (Piscataway, NJ). Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Zcytorlδ sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to Zcytorl δ.
Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides ("minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al. (eds.), page 166 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch et al, (eds.), page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995)).
Alternatively, an anti-Zcytorlδ antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody. Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (19δ9). Techniques for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Jones et al, Nature 321:522 (19δ6), Carter et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992), Singer et al, J. Immun. 750:2844 (1993), Sudhir (ed.), Antibody Engineering Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1995), Kelley, "Engineering Therapeutic Antibodies," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 399-434 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996), and by Queen et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,762 (1997). Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7. Alternatively, monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above. As another alternative, humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti-idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,20δ,146, Greene, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677, and Varthakavi and Minocha, /. Gen. Virol. 77:1815 (1996).
9. Use of Zcytorl 8 Nucleotide Sequences to Detect Gene Expression and Gene Structure Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Zcytorlδ gene in a biological sample. Suitable probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO.T, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. As used herein, the term "portion" refers to at least eight nucleotides to at least 20 or more nucleotides. Illustrative probes bind with regions of the Zcytorlδ gene that have a low sequence similarity to comparable regions in other cytokine receptor genes.
In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Zcytorlδ RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et αl. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P or 35S. Alternatively, Zcytorlδ RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
Zcytorlδ oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, 18F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
PCR primers can be designed to amplify a portion of the Zcytorlδ gene that has a low sequence similarity to a comparable region in other proteins, such as other cytokine receptor proteins.
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR (RT-PCR). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Zcytorlδ primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-2δ (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
As an illustration, RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Zcytorlδ anti-sense oligomers. Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences. Zcytorlδ sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Zcytorlδ probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of Zcytorl 8 expression is cycling probe technology, in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA- DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol 34:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)). Alternative methods for detection of Zcytorl 8 sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification, cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization, and the ligase chain reaction (see, for example, Marshall et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,6δ6,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60:161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. I. Biochem. 243:358 (1997), and Chadwick et al, I. Virol. Methods 70:59 (1998)). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
Zcytorlδ probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Zcytorlδ gene expression in tissue samples. Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al. (eds.), "Localization of DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 279-289 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)). Suitable test samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
The Zcytorlδ gene resides in chromosome 3. Thus, nucleic acid probes that encode Zcytorlδ, or a fragment thereof, can be used to detect gross aberrations in chromosome 3. As an example, monosomy 3, trisomy 3, and other structural aberrations of chromosome 3 are associated with acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic leukemia, neuroendocrine cancer, polyclonal B-cell lymphocytosis, and renal cell carcinoma (see, for example, Callet-Bauchu et al, Genes, Chromosomes, Cancer 26:221 (1999); Hughson et al, Mod. Pathol 12:301 (1999); Russo et al, Br. J. Haematol 105:989 (1999); Lindquist et al, Leukemia 14:112 (2000)). Moreover, the Zcytorlδ gene resides in chromosome 3pl4.3, a region that is associated with various diseases and disorders, including Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome, and Bardet-Biedl Syndrome 3. In addition, mutations of cytokine receptors are associated with particular diseases. For example, polymorphisms of cytokine receptors are associated with pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, familial periodic fever, and erythroleukemia. Thus, Zcytorlδ nucleotide sequences can be used in linkage-based testing for various diseases, and to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Zcytorlδ gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Zcytorlδ gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate a Zcytorlδ gene. Aberrations associated with the Zcytorlδ locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis, single-strand conformation polymorphism detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis, and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et al. (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2: Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 199δ), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley & Sons 199δ), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages δ3-δδ (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)). The protein trancation test is also useful for detecting the inactivation of a gene in which translation-terminating mutations produce only portions of the encoded protein (see, for example, Stoppa-Lyonnet et al, Blood 91:3920 (1998)). According to this approach, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the Zcytorlδ target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system. The translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products. The protein trancation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Zcytorlδ gene expression or to detect mutations in the Zcytorlδ gene. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 652 of SEQ ID NO:l, the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or a portion thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
Such kits can contain all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Zcytorlδ probe or primer. The kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zcytorlδ sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Zcytorlδ probes and primers are used to detect Zcytorlδ gene expression. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zcytorl 8, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Zcytorl 8-encoding nucleotide sequence. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
10. Use of Anti-Zcy tori 8 Antibodies to Detect Zcytorl 8
The present invention contemplates the use of anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Zcytorlδ. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of Zcytorl 8 in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Zcytorl 8 and an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody under conditions that promote binding between Zcytorlδ and its antibody. Complexes of Zcytorlδ and anti-Zcytorl8 in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein wliich binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of Zcytorlδ in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Zcytorlδ bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free-labeled Zcytorlδ. Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Zcytorl8 antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
In another approach, anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies can be used to detect Zcytorlδ in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of Zcytorl and to determine the distribution of Zcytorlδ in the examined tissue. General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their Application," in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115- 3δ (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley Interscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10: Immunochemical Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Zcytorl8 antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule, which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Zcytorlδ antibody. Alternatively, the anti-Zcytorlδ antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, an anti-Zcytorlδ antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Zcytorlδ immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below. The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 1251, 1311, 35S and 14C.
Anti-Zcytorlδ immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
Alternatively, anti-Zcytorl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemi- 6δ
luminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Zcytorlδ immunoconjugates of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
Alternatively, anti-Zcytorlδ immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Zcytorlδ antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-Zcytorl8- enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety, which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include β-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels, which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 70: 1 (1976), Schurs et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 87:1 (1977), Shih et al, Int'l J. Cancer 46:1101 (1990), Stein et al, Cancer Res. 50:1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra.
Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Zcytorl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. Iδ4 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established. See,' for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages lδ0-20δ, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley- Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc. 1996). The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Zcytorlδ gene expression. Such kits comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Zcytorl antibody, or antibody fragment. A kjt may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zcytorl 8 antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Zcytorl 8 antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Zcytorlδ protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Zcytorl 8. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
11. Therapeutic Uses of Polypeptides Having Zcytorl 8 Activity
Amino acid sequences having Zcytorlδ activity can be used to modulate the immune system by binding Zcytorlδ ligand, and thus, preventing the binding of Zcytorl 8 ligand with endogenous Zcytorlδ receptor. As an illustration, polypeptides having Zcytorl 8 activity can be used to inhibit cell proliferation associated with, for example, psoriasis or the growth of a tumor (e.g., a melanoma). Zcytorl 8 antagonists, such as anti-Zcytorl8 antibodies, can also be used to modulate the immune system by inhibiting the binding of Zcytorlδ ligand with the endogenous Zcytorlδ receptor.
Accordingly, the present invention includes the use of proteins, polypeptides, and peptides having Zcytorlδ activity (such as Zcytorlδ polypeptides, Zcytorlδ analogs (e.g., anti-Zcytorlδ anti-idiotype antibodies), and Zcytorlδ fusion proteins) to a subject which lacks an adequate amount of Zcytorlδ polypeptide, or which produces an excess of Zcytorlδ ligand. Zcytorlδ antagonists (e.g., anti-Zcytorlδ antibodies) can be also used to treat a subject, which produces an excess of either Zcytorlδ ligand or Zcytorlδ. These molecules can be administered to any subject in need of treatment, and the present invention contemplates both veterinary and human therapeutic uses. Illustrative subjects include mammalian subjects, such as farm animals, domestic animals, and human patients. Human or murine Zcytorlδ polypeptides can be used for these applications. Generally, the dosage of administered Zcytorlδ (or Zcytorl 8 analog or fusion protein) will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of Zcytorl 8 polypeptide, which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of subject), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. Administration of a Zcytorlδ polypeptide to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
Additional routes of administration include oral, mucosal-membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous. Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid- based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-2δδ (Plenum Press 1997)). The feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:199 (1999)). Dry or liquid particles comprising Zcytorl δ can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers (e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 16:343 (199δ); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)). This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs. Studies have shown that proteins as large as 4δ,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of trascutaneous administration (Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)). Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer a molecule having Zcytorlδ binding activity (Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 10:213 (1997)).
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zcytorlδ binding activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
For purposes of therapy, molecules having Zcytorl 8 binding activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zcytorl 8 binding activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. For example, an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates the inflammatory response. As another example, an agent used to inhibit the growth of tumor cells is physiologically significant if the administration of the agent results in a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising Zcytorlδ (or Zcytorlδ analog or fusion protein) can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Liquid forms, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms. The latter form is illustrated by miniosmotic pumps and implants (Bremer et al, Pharm. Biotechnol. 10:239 (1997); Ranade, "Implants in Drug Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 95-123 (CRC Press 1995); Bremer et al, "Protein Delivery with Infusion Pumps," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 239-254 (Plenum Press 1997); Yewey et al, "Delivery of Proteins from a Controlled Release Injectable Implant," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 93-117 (Plenum Press 1997)).
Liposomes provide one means to deliver therapeutic polypeptides to a subject intravenously, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, or via oral administration, inhalation, or intranasal administration. Liposomes are microscopic vesicles that consist of one or more lipid bilayers surrounding aqueous compartments (see, generally, Bakker-Woudenberg et al, Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol Infect. Dis. 12 (Suppl. i):S61 (1993), Kim, Drugs 46:618 (1993), and Ranade, "Site-Specific Drag Delivery Using Liposomes as Carriers," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 3-24 (CRC Press 1995)). Liposomes are similar in composition to cellular membranes and as a result, liposomes can be administered safely and are biodegradable. Depending on the method of preparation, liposomes may be unilamellar or multilamellar, and liposomes can vary in size with diameters ranging from 0.02 μm to greater than 10 μm. A variety of agents can be encapsulated in liposomes: hydrophobic agents partition in the bilayers and hydrophilic agents partition within the inner aqueous space(s) (see, for example, Machy et al, Liposomes In Cell Biology And Pharmacology (John Libbey 1987), and Ostro et al, American I. Hosp. Pharm. 46:1516 (1989)). Moreover, it is possible to control the therapeutic availability of the encapsulated agent by varying liposome size, the number of bilayers, lipid composition, as well as the charge and surface characteristics of the liposomes. Liposomes can adsorb to virtually any type of cell and then slowly release the encapsulated agent. Alternatively, an absorbed liposome may be endocytosed by cells that are phagocytic. Endocytosis is followed by intralysosomal degradation of liposomal lipids and release of the encapsulated agents (Scherphof et al, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 446:368 (19δ5)). After intravenous administration, small liposomes (0.1 to 1.0 μm) are typically taken up by cells of the reticuloendothelial system, located principally in the liver and spleen, whereas liposomes larger than 3.0 μm are deposited in the lung. This preferential uptake of smaller liposomes by the cells of the reticuloendothelial system has been used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to macrophages and to tumors of the liver.
The reticuloendothelial system can be circumvented by several methods including saturation with large doses of liposome particles, or selective macrophage inactivation by pharmacological means (Claassen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 802 :42δ (1984)). In addition, incorporation of glycolipid- or polyethelene glycol-derivatized phosphohpids into liposome membranes has been shown to result in a significantly reduced uptake by the reticuloendothelial system (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 70(58:133 (1991); Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
Liposomes can also be prepared to target particular cells or organs by varying phospholipid composition or by inserting receptors or ligands into the liposomes. For example, liposomes, prepared with a high content of a nonionic surfactant, have been used to target the liver (Hayakawa et al, Japanese Patent 04-244,018; Kato et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull. 16:960 (1993)). These formulations were prepared by mixing soybean phospatidylcholine, α-tocopherol, and ethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil (HCO-60) in methanol, concentrating the mixture under vacuum, and then reconstituting the mixture with water. A liposomal formulation of dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) with a soybean-derived sterylglucoside mixture (SG) and cholesterol (Ch) has also been shown to target the liver (Shimizu et al, Biol Pharm. Bull 20:881 (1997)).
Alternatively, various targeting ligands can be bound to the surface of the liposome, such as antibodies, antibody fragments, carbohydrates, vitamins, and transport proteins. For example, liposomes can be modified with branched type galactosyllipid derivatives to target asialoglycoprotein (galactose) receptors, which are exclusively expressed on the surface of liver cells (Kato and Sugiyama, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:281 (1997); Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull.20:259 (1997)). Similarly, Wu et al, Hepatology 27:112 (199δ), have shown that labeling liposomes with asialofetuin led to a shortened liposome plasma half-life and greatly enhanced uptake of asialofetuin-labeled liposome by hepatocytes. On the other hand, hepatic accumulation of liposomes comprising branched type galactosyllipid derivatives can be inhibited by preinjection of asialofetuin (Murahashi et al, Biol. Pharm. Bull.20:259 (1997)). Polyaconitylated human serum albumin liposomes provide another approach for targeting liposomes to liver cells (Kamps et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 94: 11681 (1997)). Moreover, Geho, et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,603,044, describe a hepatocyte- directed liposome vesicle delivery system, which has specificity for hepatobiliary receptors associated with the specialized metabolic cells of the liver.
In a more general approach to tissue targeting, target cells are prelabeled with biotinylated antibodies specific for a ligand expressed by the target cell (Harasym et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)). After plasma elimination of free antibody, streptavidin-conjugated liposomes are administered. In another approach, targeting antibodies are directly attached to liposomes (Harasym et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 32:99 (1998)).
Polypeptides having Zcytorl 8 binding activity can be encapsulated within liposomes using standard techniques of protein microencapsulation (see, for example, Anderson et al, Infect. Immun. 37:1099 (1981), Anderson et al, Cancer Res. 50:lδ53 (1990), and Cohen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1063:95 (1991), Alving et al. "Preparation and Use of Liposomes in Immunological Studies," in Liposome Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. m, Gregoriadis (ed.), page 317 (CRC Press 1993), Wassef etal, Meth. Enzymol 149:124 (19δ7)). As noted above, therapeutically useful liposomes may contain a variety of components. For example, liposomes may comprise lipid derivatives of poly(ethylene glycol) (Allen et al, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1150:9 (1993)).
Degradable polymer microspheres have been designed to maintain high systemic levels of therapeutic proteins. Microspheres are prepared from degradable polymers such as poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly (ortho esters), nonbiodegradable ethylvinyl acetate polymers, in which proteins are entrapped in the polymer (Gombotz and Pettit, Bioconjugate Chem. 6:332 (1995); Ranade, "Role of Polymers in Drag Delivery," in Drug Delivery Systems, Ranade and Hollinger (eds.), pages 51-93 (CRC Press 1995); Roskos and Maskiewicz, "Degradable Controlled Release Systems Useful for Protein Delivery," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 45-92 (Plenum Press 1997); Bartus et al, Science 287:1161 (1998); Putney and Burke, Nature Biotechnology 16:153 (199δ); Putney, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 2:548 (199δ)). Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-coated nanospheres can also provide carriers for intravenous administration of therapeutic proteins (see, for example, Gref et al, Pharm. Biotechnol. 10:161 (1997)). The present invention also contemplates chemically modified polypeptides having binding Zcytorlδ activity and Zcytorl 8 antagonists, in which a polypeptide is linked with a polymer, as discussed above. Other dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery r
Systems, 5 Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
As an illustration, pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises a polypeptide with a Zcytorl 8 extracellular domain or a Zcytorlδ antagonist (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment that binds a Zcytorlδ polypeptide). Therapeutic polypeptides can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection. Alternatively, such a kit can include a dry-powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide. Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the Zcytorlδ composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to Zcytorl 8.
12. Therapeutic Uses of Zcytorl 8 Nucleotide Sequences
The present invention includes the use of Zcytorlδ nucleotide sequences to provide Zcytorl 8 to a subject in need of such treatment, hi addition, a therapeutic expression vector can be provided that inhibits Zcytorlδ gene expression, such as an anti-sense molecule, a ribozyme, or an external guide sequence molecule.
There are numerous approaches to introduce a Zcytorlδ gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express Zcytorlδ, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding Zcytorl 8, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zcytorl 8, and the use of viruses that express Zcytorl 8, such as recombinant retrovirases, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenovirases, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses (see, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et αl., Science 242:1515 (1988), LaSalle et αl., Science 259:988 (1993), Wolff et αl, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, The New Biologist 3:203 (1991)). In an ex vivo approach, for example, cells are isolated from a subject, fransfected with a vector that expresses a Zcytorlδ gene, and then transplanted into the subject.
In order to effect expression of a Zcytorlδ gene, an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Zcytorlδ gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription. The general requirements of an expression vector are described above.
Alternatively, a Zcytorlδ gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 1149δ (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:201 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:10613 (1993)), alphavirases such as Semliki Forest Viras and Sindbis Viras (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:851 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:118δ (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,5δ7, 5,2δδ,641 and 5,328,68δ), parvoviras vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox viras vectors (Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 193:653 (1993), Panicali and Paoletti, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 79:4927 (19δ2)), pox viruses, such as canary pox viras or vaccinia viras (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 8(5:317 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retrovirases (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 53:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, I. Neurosci. Res 33:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:962 (1993), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:3δ60 (1993), and Anderson et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,346). Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
As an illustration of one system, adenoviras, a double-stranded DNA virus, is a well-characterized gene transfer vector for delivery of a heterologous nucleic acid molecule (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994); Douglas and Curiel, Science __ Medicine 4:44 (1997)). The adenoviras system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters. In addition, adenovirases can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
Using adenoviras vectors where portions of the adenoviras genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. In an exemplary system, the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the viras will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenoviras primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver). Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector. Such adenovirases are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (199S); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)). The deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)). By deleting the entire adenoviras genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. The generation of so called "gutless" adenovirases, where all viral genes are deleted, is particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA (for a review, see Yeh. and Perricaudet, FASEB J. 11:615 (1997)).
High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods. For example, recombinant herpes simplex viras can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol 75:1211 (1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 785:419 (1991), Grau et al, Invest. Ophthalmol Vis. Sci. 30:2474 (1989), Brandt et al, I. Virol Meth. 36:209 (1992), and by Brown and MacLean (eds.), HSV Virus Protocols (Humana Press 1997).
Alternatively, an expression vector comprising a Zcytorl S gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes. Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (198δ)). The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting. Targeted peptides (e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters), proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 16:861 (199δ), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle. In an alternative approach to gene therapy, a therapeutic gene may encode a Zcytorlδ anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Zcytorlδ. Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Zcytorlδ disclosed herein.
Alternatively, an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme. Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in an mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,69δ, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,46δ, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337). In the context of the present invention, ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Zcytorlδ mRNA.
In another approach, expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a Zcytorlδ gene. According to this approach, an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,16δ,053, Yuan et al, Science 263:1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/lδ733, George et al, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et al, international publication No. WO 97/33991). For example, the external guide sequence can comprise a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Zcytorlδ mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine. The external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
In general, the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Zcytorlδ nucleotide sequence, such as a recombinant virus, will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor. As an illustration, Horton et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 96:1553 (1999), demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon-α produces potent antitumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model. A composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby 7δ
vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
As noted above, a composition, such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a
"pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and
Gilman 's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing
Co. 1985)).
For purposes of therapy, a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant viras comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an expression vector (or viras) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. For example, an agent used to treat inflammation is physiologically significant if its presence alleviates the inflammatory response.
When the subject treated with a therapeutic gene expression vector or. a recombinant viras is a human, then the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy.
That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
13. Production of Transgenic Mice Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the Zcytorlδ gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Zcytorlδ can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Zcytorlδ. Transgenic mice that over-express Zcytorlδ also provide model bioreactors for production of Zcytorlδ, such as soluble Zcytorl 8, in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), Monastersky and Robl (eds.), Strategies in Transgenic Animal Science (ASM Press 1995), and Abbud and Nilson, "Recombinant Protein Expression in Transgenic Mice," in Gene Expression Systems: Using Nature for the Art of Expression, Fernandez and Hoeffler (eds.), pages 367-397 (Academic Press, Inc. 1999)).
For example, a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Zcytorlδ gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)). The donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin
(hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection.
Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating.
Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO., 5% O2, and 90% N. at 37°C. The eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO. incubator until microinjection.
Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing a Zcytorlδ encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection. For example, the Zcytorlδ encoding sequences can encode a polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, or amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12.
Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of
W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO--equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator. The following day, two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope. A small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen. The reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape. The fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in. With a fine transfer pipette containing mineral oil followed by alternating
W640 and air bubbles, 12-17 healthy two-cell embryos from the previous day's injection are transferred into the recipient. The swollen ampulla is located and holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa. The pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette. The fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in. The peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip. The mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours. The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning. The weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Zcytorlδ gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are bom and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized. Using 4-0 silk, a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity. An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie. A distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and δl
approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish. The excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice. The surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery. The expression level of Zcytorlδ mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
In addition to producing transgenic mice that over-express Zcytorlδ, it is useful to engineer transgenic mice with either abnormally low or no expression of the gene. Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Zcytorl 8. As discussed above, Zcytorlδ gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes. To produce transgenic mice that under-express the Zcytorlδ gene, such inhibitory sequences are targeted to Zcytorlδ mRNA. Methods for producing transgenic mice that have abnormally low expression of a particular gene are known to those in the art (see, for example, Wu et al, "Gene Underexpression in Cultured Cells and Animals by Antisense DNA and RNA Strategies," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 205-224 (CRC Press 1997)).
An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Zcytorlδ gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Zcytorlδ allele replaced by a nonfunctional Zcytorlδ gene. One method of designing a nonfunctional Zcytorlδ gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zcytorl 8. Standard methods for producing these so-called "knockout mice" are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)).

Claims

δ2CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide, comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) an amino acid sequence comprising amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 336 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 36 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (f) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (g) amino acid resides 1 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (h) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (i) amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:8, (j) amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO.T2, and (k) amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12.
2. The isolatedjpolypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2.
3. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2.
4. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) an amino acid sequence comprising amino acid residues 36 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (b) amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2, (c) amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, (d) amino acid residues 336 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (e) amino acid residues 36 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (f) amino acid residues 1 to 753 of SEQ ID NO:2, (g) amino acid resides 1 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:8, (h) amino acid residues 36 to 299 of SEQ ID NO:δ, (i) amino acid residues 36 to 175 of SEQ ID NO:δ, (j) amino acid residues 1 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and (k) amino acid residues 36 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 12.
5. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 4, comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 1024 of SEQ ID NO:l.
6. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 4, comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 192 to 9δ2 of SEQ ID NO:δ.
7. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 4, comprising the nucleotide sequence of nucleotides 206 to 1000 of SEQ ID NO: 11.
8. A vector, comprising the isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 4.
9. An expression vector, comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a transcription promoter, and a transcription terminator, wherein the promoter is operably linked with the nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked with the transcription terminator.
10. A recombinant host cell comprising the expression vector of claim 9, wherein the host cell is selected from the group consisting of bacterium, avian cell, yeast cell, fungal cell, insect cell, mammalian cell, and plant cell.
11. A method of using the expression vector of claim 9 to produce a polypeptide that comprises amino acid residues 36 to 313 of SEQ ID NO:2, comprising culturing recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector and that produce the polypeptide.
12. The method of claim 11, further comprising isolating the polypeptide from the cultured recombinant host cells.
13. An antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds with a polypeptide that has an amino acid sequence consisting of amino acid residues 1 to 189 of SEQ ID NO:2.
14. An anti-idiotype antibody that specifically binds with the antibody of claim 13.
15. A fusion protein, comprising the polypeptide of claim 1.
16. The fusion protein of claim 15, wherein the fusion protein further comprises an immunoglobulin moiety.
17. A composition, comprising' the polypeptide of claim 1 and a carrier.
EP01955930A 2000-07-26 2001-07-23 Human cytokine receptor Ceased EP1332211A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22074700P 2000-07-26 2000-07-26
PCT/US2001/023253 WO2002008259A2 (en) 2000-07-26 2001-07-23 Human cytokine receptor
US220747P 2009-06-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1332211A2 true EP1332211A2 (en) 2003-08-06

Family

ID=22824783

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP01955930A Ceased EP1332211A2 (en) 2000-07-26 2001-07-23 Human cytokine receptor

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (3) US20020165348A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1332211A2 (en)
AU (1) AU2001277980A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2427824A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002008259A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK1076703T4 (en) * 1998-05-15 2011-03-28 Genentech Inc Therapeutic uses of IL-17 homologous polypeptides
US7771719B1 (en) 2000-01-11 2010-08-10 Genentech, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions, kits, and therapeutic uses of antagonist antibodies to IL-17E
EP1897943B1 (en) * 1999-12-23 2011-12-14 Genentech, Inc. IL-17 homologous polypeptides and therapeutic uses thereof
US20040043397A1 (en) * 2000-01-11 2004-03-04 Genentech, Inc. IL-17 homologous polypeptides and therapeutic uses thereof
US20030203451A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2003-10-30 Genentech, Inc. IL-17 homologous polypeptides and therapeutic uses thereof
US20030096969A1 (en) 2000-06-02 2003-05-22 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
EP1529843A3 (en) * 2000-08-11 2005-06-08 Eli Lilly &amp; Company Novel secreted proteins and their uses
KR101711798B1 (en) 2008-05-05 2017-03-02 노비뮨 에스 에이 Anti-il-17a/il-17f cross-reactive antibodies and methods of use thereof
US8137671B2 (en) * 2009-05-05 2012-03-20 Genentech, Inc. Anti-IL-17F antibodies

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4844138A (en) * 1986-09-01 1989-07-04 Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho Automobile tire pneumatic pressure controlling apparatus
US5221381A (en) * 1989-06-28 1993-06-22 General Motors Corporation Vehicle tire pressure management system with easily removed wheel and tire
US5080156A (en) * 1990-02-12 1992-01-14 Bartos Josef A Vehicle wheel and axle assembly for controlling air pressure in tires with spaces between the bearing elements and the race members included in the air flow path
FR2711403B1 (en) * 1993-10-20 1995-11-24 Skf France Sealing device for passage of fluid through a bearing, and bearing equipped with such a device.
ATE279517T1 (en) * 1995-03-23 2004-10-15 Immunex Corp IL-17 RECEPTOR
CA2391374A1 (en) * 1999-12-23 2001-06-28 Genentech, Inc. Il-17 homologous polypeptides and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2001068859A2 (en) * 2000-03-16 2001-09-20 Amgen Inc. Il-17 receptor like molecules and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SATORU TORII ET AL, DEVELOPMENTAL CELL, vol. 7, 2004, pages 33 - 44 *
See also references of WO0208259A3 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040077052A1 (en) 2004-04-22
AU2001277980A1 (en) 2002-02-05
US20020165348A1 (en) 2002-11-07
WO2002008259A2 (en) 2002-01-31
US20080213831A1 (en) 2008-09-04
WO2002008259A3 (en) 2003-03-27
CA2427824A1 (en) 2002-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7619071B2 (en) Antibodies that bind interleukin-17 receptor homologue
EP1190056B1 (en) Human cytokine receptor
US20080213831A1 (en) Human cytokine receptor
WO2000068386A1 (en) Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism
WO2002014483A2 (en) Human adenosine deaminase
US20040121388A1 (en) Murine cytokine receptor
US20030096749A1 (en) Human cytokine receptor
WO2001044281A2 (en) Human secretin-like g-protein coupled receptor
US20030166156A1 (en) Zsig67: a member of the human secretin-glucagon-VIP hormone family
US20020095022A1 (en) Human secretin-like receptor
US20030092117A1 (en) Zalpha13: a human secreted protein
US20020151492A1 (en) Testis specific protein
WO2000063378A2 (en) Zalpha13: a human secreted protein
WO2000043516A1 (en) Zsig67: a member of the human secretin-glucagon-vip hormone family
WO2000059934A2 (en) Testis specific protein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20030526

AK Designated contracting states

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO SI

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20050103

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN REFUSED

18R Application refused

Effective date: 20060211